Home

LOGIQ 200 PRO Basic User Manual 2234813

1. 10 15 Bi Plane Ellipsoid Methods Lueueue 10 15 Single Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas 10 16 Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas 10 17 M Mode Analysis Measurement 10 18 Overview onda bra a aaa n 10 18 M Mode Analysis Left Right Ventricle M LV RV 10 19 M Mode Analysis Left Right Ventricle M LV RV Formulas 10 20 M Mode Analysis Mitral Valve M MV 10 22 M Mode Analysis Mitral Valve M MV Formulas 10 23 M Mode Analysis Aortic Valve M AV 10 24 M Mode Analysis Aortic Valve M AV Formulas 10 25 M Mode Analysis Pulmonic Valve M PV 10 26 M Mode Analysis Pulmonic Valve M PV Formulas 10 27 M Mode Analysis Tricuspid Valve M TV 10 28 M Mode Analysis Tricuspid Valve M TV Formulas 10 29 Additional Cardiology Calculations 10 30 ECG Option o ur Rr 10 31 OVEI VIEW an sucede beu dest Sen each is 10 31 ECG Lead Placement cocinan caritas 10 32 ECG Default Preset usato ri e 10 33 ECG Controls 2 cece eee eee ee 10 33 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Chapter 11 Urology Urology Calculations OVEIVISW usais teet tpe ded Ups agate HUE EUR Ne pd Urology Summary Report Page 05 Using the Transaxial Probe Transaxial Probe Prepa
2. LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Regulatory Labels America Mexico Canada Brazil Safety Precautions Possible shock hazard Do not remove Covers or Panels Refer servicing to qualified personnel BROS DNA TEHRORRIMELAC Eo PERA CAB Y DIC gore Schlaggefahr Abdeckungen oder Verkleidungen nicht entfernen Wartungsarbeiten nur durch qualifiziertes Fachpersonal durchf hren lassen Risque de chocs lectriques La capot ne doit tre ouvert que par un personnel qualifi A DANGER REO D 3 AUERIERIO f ORTIS RELE E ER Possible explosion hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics Rischio di scosse elettriche i pannelli di chiusura dello strumento devono essere tolti Solo dal personale qualificato Poss vel choque N o remova tampas ou paineis Solicite assist ncia t cnica por pessoal qualificado Peligro de descargas el ctricas No saque las cubiertas ni los paneles El servicio debe realizarlo el personal cualificado BA F180 YSL HHL und S1 DIGAS Talem BISA AHSAN SIHA VORSICHT Explosionsgefahr Nicht in Gegenwart brennbarer Narkosegase verwenden For continued protection against fire or shock hazard Replace only with same type and rating of Fuse AKOEMDO ARENE EI ZERRE Zum dauerhaften Ger teschutz und zur Vermeidung elektrischer Schl ge nur Sicherungen des gleichen Typs und Nennwertes verwenden Les fu
3. Orientation Marking Figure 14 1 Orientation Marking on Probe LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Labeling Model Name y aaa 3 5MHz MH 6 5MH 6 5MH MH MH sees 5MHz 7 5MHz 7 5MHz V3 5MHz 3 5MHz 7 MHz E Serial Number Month and year of manufacture 4 ais A 9 Sel e 2 lee Figure 14 2 Probe Labels LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Labeling cont d Probe1 Orientation Marker Figure 14 3 Displayed Probe Information 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Applications Below is a list of probes and their intended applications Probe CBF CAE MTZ CZB Application Pedom pou narra e owes e fe fe _ Pediatrics Urology Endocavity Intraoperative Gynecology Cardiology bem o mee pm Application Abdominal ojj je 0 SmalPats _ 0 J Obstetrics O Gynecology e Pediatrics 8 Neonatal f Jj Urology 9 JO Suey J OjOo OljO Endocavity J Intraoperative e J J Cardiology j e Biopsy v v v v jv y Main application O Alternative application V Option kit available Table 14 1 Probe Indications for Use LOGIQ 200
4. DEFF formatting Set Clear BOUM 50 Using the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor press Set for Media Initialize Set to Formatting Clear to Cancel Esc to Exit is displayed Press Set to excute the DOS format of an optional MOD Press Clear to cancel Using the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor press Set for DEFF formatting Set to Formatting Clear to Cancel Esc to Exit is displayed Press Set to excute DEFF formatting of an optional MOD Press Clear to cancel Refer to 11 for more information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Ergonomics Cable handling Probe orientation Probe Overview Probes have been ergonomically designed to e Handle and manipulate with ease e Connect to the system with one hand e Be lightweight and balanced Have rounded edges and smooth surfaces Cables have been designed to e Connect to system with appropriate cable length Stand up to typical wear by cleaning and disinfectant agents contact with approved gel etc Take the following precautions with probe cables e Keep free from wheels Do not bend the cable acutely e Avoid crossing cables between probes Each probe is provided with an orientation marking refer to Figure 14 1 This mark is used to identify the end of the probe corresponding to the side of the image having the GE orientation marking
5. Use the ID NAME key in the Patient Entry Menu to enter the following data NAME Patient name ID Patient ID AGE Patient age Oper ID Operator ID Ref MD Reference Medical Doctor Note Notes PPSA A calculation result using the selected volume and threshold factor entered in the measurement Setup 0 12 or 0 15 is commonly used VOLUME 1 2 3 Volume calculation results taken in the measurement Any volume calculation beyond three causes the results to scroll up The PPSA is computed by multiplying the prostate volume by a constant threshold factor Different physicians use different values for this factor it is usually 0 12 or 0 15 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Calculations Constant Factor Setting To set the PPSA Constant choose from 0 01 to the 0 99 in 0 01 increments in the Measurement Setup Menu PPSA PSAD Volume Number If more than 3 volume measurements are made and the results scroll up on the Urology Report Page the PPSA PSAD volume number will change accordingly Therefore the same volume is used resulting in the same PPSA PSAD If the volume measurement is scrolled off the top line of the 3 measurement the PPSA PSAD and its volume number field will both be cleared LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Using the Transaxial Probe Using the Transaxial Probe Transaxial Probe Preparation 1 Remove the probe f
6. NOTE Press the Measurement key once to display the integrated biopsy depth cursor while the guidelines are present Use the Trackball to position the depth marker LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 15 B Mode Controls cont d Accessing Changing Values The Scroll keys are used to scroll the image presentation up or down in order to display deeper parts of the body Press the Scroll key to scroll the display up or down To scroll the display up press the up arrow key To scroll the display down press the down arrow key The Scroll keys are useful for scrolling the image in order to display deeper parts of the body The Ctrl and Scroll keys are used to return to the top most scroll value location A numerical value of a scrolled depth is dis played in the next probe mark of the image in Cm The settings cycle in 5mm steps ATO Automatic Tissue Optimization optimizes the image based upon a specified Region Of Interest ROI or anatomy within the display To size ATO up or down press the Ellipse Up Down arrow keys Manual size adjustment can only be functional if the ATO method is set to 2 Manual in the Image Display and Application Setup Menu Improves contrast of the displayed image data Auto or Manual Affects on Gain adjustment Other Conirols 16 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode M Mode Introduction M Mo
7. When using a distance measurement to calculate area for stenosis the measurement should always be taken from a cross sectional view of the vessel Do NOT take a distance measurement from a longitudinal view for an area calculation This may lead to an inaccurate assessment of stenosis LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Ellipse method 10 A Vol S Angle DiGi F HR G Figure 8 7 Calculations menu Steno Select Steno in the Calculations menus Press the Arrow Up Down keys or Space left right keys as necessary to display the menu Highlight Steno and press Set The stenosis measurement mode is set and a x cursor appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Ellipse method cont d O 0 Q Ellipse 6 lt 00 continued e Measurement of the residual area of the blood vessel is first Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point of the stenosed region Press Set The start point cursor is set and an end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the other end of the long axis of the residual area of the vessel being measured Press the Ellipse up down arrow key A circle is displayed Press the Ellipse up arrow key to increase the ellipse size Press the Ellipse down arrow key to decrease the ellipse size NOTE Use the Measuremen
8. ml HHH mm mm iib dmm ml THEE mm Hmm iH dmm HEEL m1 HHH mm Hmm iHi dmm HEEL m1 RIGHT OVARY FOLLICLES D1 D2 VOLUME HHH mm mm THES m1 HHH mm HHH Hmm THEE m1 HHH mm HHH dmm HHH m1 THEE mm HHH dmm H ml HHH mm HHH Hmm THHE mL FOLLICULAR OBSERVATIONS VOLUME CHANGES BORDER APPEARANCE CONTENTS OTHER COMMENTS Figure 9 31 IVF Report Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 65 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Overview Introduction The cardiac calculation for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series offers limited cardiac measurement and calculation capabilities Analysis of the left ventricle selections available are Cubed method Teichholz method Bullet method Modified Simpson s Rule method Single plane ellipsoid method Biplane ellipsoid method Gibson method M Mode Analysis measurement selections available are Left Right Ventricle M LV RV Mitral Valve M MV Aortic Valve M AV Pulmonic Valve M PV Tricuspid Valve M TV Cardiology should be chosen in the exam category In all measurements press Freeze to stop acquisition of the desired image Press Measurement to activate the measurement function LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Overview cont d To select the Cardiology calculation menu Press the Space left right keys to display a calculation menu on the mon
9. 0 0108xHC 0 0468xAC 0 171xFL 0 00034x HC 0 003685xACXxFL FL AC FL AC ratio Average of FL and Average of AC FL HC FL HC ratio Average of FL and Average of HC FL BPD FL BPD ratio Average of FL and Hadlock AJOG Average of BPD 141 759 1987 CI Cephalic Average of BPD and Hadlock AJR 137 Index Average of OFD Short distance of 83 1981 HC Long distance of HC HC AC HC AC ratio Average of HC and HC AC Campbell BRJ OG Average of AC 84 165 1977 FL Ft FL Ft ratio Average of FL and FL Ft Average of Ft BD BPD BD BPD ratio Average of BPD and BD BPD Average of BD GS Gestational one distance Curve data is Rempen Sac available in CRL Crown Rump Hate Length BPD Biperietal Diameter Table 9 10 OB Calculation Formulas European Version 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GS Measurement OB Measurement amp Formulas GS Measurement for the Tokyo University and European methods require only one distance measurement GS Measurement for the USA method requires three distance measurements obtained from longitudinal and transverse images The three measurements are anterior posterior transverse and longitudinal It is advantageous to use the dual image split screen feature for this GS measurement Fetal Heart Rate Measurement lt 4 Y continued The fetal heart rate is taken in M Mode To measure the fetal heart rate Scan to display a B Mod
10. 1 Five 5 days after the date GE notifies you that we have completed assembly and the products are operating in accordance with our published product specifications OR 2 The date you first use the products for patient use If assembly is delayed for 30 days or more after the date of delivery for a reason beyond our reasonable control the warranty period will begin on the thirtieth day after the date of delivery The warranty period for any product or part furnished to correct a warranty failure will be the unexpired term of the warranty applicable to the repaired or replaced products 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Warranty Exclusions gt Warranties These warranties are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties whether written oral expressed implied or statutory No warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose applies The warranties DO NOT cover 1 Any defect or deficiency including failure to conform to product specifications which results in whole or in part from a Any alteration improper storage handling use or maintenance or any extraordinary use of the products by anyone other than GE b Failure to follow any of GE s written recommendations or instructions c Combining the products with products of others or with incompatible GE products d Any of your designs specifications or instructions OR e Any cause exter
11. 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Measuring Volume gt Examples General Calculations The volume calculation can be made from one two or three distances from one distance and an ellipse from a single ellipse or from two ellipse measurements General Measurements and Calculations details how to make distance and ellipse measurements IMPORTANT NOTE When a volume calculation is desired the necessary measurements or combination of measurements must be made BEFORE selecting Vol in the calculation menus When a volume calculation is desired do one of the following e Make one distance measurement e Make two distance measurements e Make one ellipse measurement e Make three distance measurements NOTE One measurement is usually made in the sagittal plane and two measurements in the axial plane e Make one distance and one ellipse measurement e Make two ellipse measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Measuring Volume cont d Hints Formulas used in calculations are found in this section Volumes are most accurate when measurements are taken in the sagittal and axial scan planes Use the side by side dual format option to display sagittal and axial plane images simultaneously SeelGeneral Measurements and Calculationslfor details on the steps to take when doing basic distance and ellipse measurements An overflow
12. Acoustic Power up Fraction AIF Acoustic Initialization Fraction Maximum Power mW 11 18 21 33 EX lop mW cm 2 32 04 22 69 Ex Power up Mode n Acoustic Output Freeze ye e Foo o 00 lis mm contact contact f contact contact ts Table 16 8 ERB Convex Linear IEC Acoustic Output Information n n n n y Initialization Mode n a a n a a a a a a a a a S S LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables This page left blank intentionally 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Symbols 96 Stenosis 8 9 Numbers 3Cb 14 21 A Accessary Connector Panel 3 8 Accessories Placing an order 15 22 Requesting a catalog 15 22 Acoustic Output Best Practices 2 16 key to probe tables 16 10 Safety 2 16 Acoustic Output Hazard 2 5 ALARA 16 8 Alpha Hip Dysplasia 8 20 Angle Calculation 8 8 8 9 Annotation 6 9 Arrow 6 10 Back Space 6 10 Blue Shift 6 13 Clear 6 10 Ctrl M 6 10 Cursor Home 6 10 Editing 6 14 Green Shift 6 13 Image 6 12 Library 6 11 Set 6 10 Shift Back Space 6 10 Shift Tab 6 10 Special Keys 6 13 Tab 6 10 Trackball 6 10 Aortic Valve 10 24 10 25 Appendicies 16 1 Archive LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index Index Index Disk Verification 12 11 Image 12 2 Image Recall Process 12 16 Image Selection fo
13. INPUT LEVEL INPUT LEVEL MES NOTE The default value of Gray Scale Map can be set in the Probe Parameter 2 Setup Menu 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Controls cont d B Mode Biopsy Lines B Rejection Accessing Changing Affects on Other Controls Biopsy Lines enable any electronic biopsy guidezone available for the active probe Operation method depending on the Needle guide type Press the Biopsy key to choose the type of biopsy guide angle to be displayed for the at tachment used Each press cycles between OFF MBX1 MBX2 MBX3 multi OFF SGL single Electronic biopsy guidelines show the expected needle path during insertion On or Off Rejection allows for the elimination of low level echoes from the display This is generally used to clear noise out of vessels or cysts To access B Rejection activate the Probe Parameter Setup in the Setup Menu To change the Rejection move the cursor to the B Rejection and enter the desired value from 0 to 40 in 2 digit increments Allows for the elimination from the display image of low level echoes caused by noise Off and 2 through 40 in increments of 2 Rejection is a post processing function Rejection affects real time imaging frozen or Cine NOTE Biopsy Needle guide type can be preset in the Probe Parameter 1 Setup It is possible in B Mode or dual B Mode
14. Js o Je Jie J Ju Jk Je E menu1 menu2 menu3 menu4 menu5 menu6 menu7 menu8 menu9 menul0 Menu Page 1 Menu Page2 Figure 8 1 Calculations Menu Pages 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Calculation Menu Page cont d The Calculation Menu is invoked by pressing the Space left right keys Each page is selected by the Space left right keys or Arrow up down keys as shown in Figure 8 2 Left Space JF A Right Space gt Right Space Menu Page 1 Menu Page 2 Left Space lt lt Right Space Menu Page 3 Menu Page 4 Left Space gt Figure 8 2 Calculations Menu Pages Selection Flow LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Calculation Menu Selection How to select the calculation menu 1 Press the Space left right keys to display a calculation menu on the monitor Press the Space left right keys again or press the Arrow up down keys as necessary to display the desired menu page An example of a Calculation menu page is shown in Figure 8 3 2 Using the Arrow left right keys or the Trackball select the desired calculation menu as shown in Figure 8 3 The selected menu is inverted AGE S menu2 D menu3 F menu4 G menu5 El Eje On Figure 8 3 Calculation menu selection 3 Press Set FS NOTE It is possible for the operator to directly press an alphanumeric key to access calculation function 4 LOGIQ
15. montato Lo sganciament accidentale del supporto puo causare un improvviso movimento di quest ultimo verso l alto Movimentos perigosos podem causar danos s rios Mentenha sua cabeca e corpo afastados da parte superior da alavanca de suporte do monitor de v deo Alavanca de suporte do monitor de v deo equipada de mola Liberando a alavanca quando o monitor n o estiver fixado causar movimento repentino dirigido para cima El movimiento peligroso puede ocasionar da os serios Mantenga la cabeza y el cuerpo apartados de la parte superior del brazo de soporte del monitor de v deo El brazo de soporte del monitor de v deo tiene carga de resorte Si se suelta el brazo cuando no est montado el monitor se ocasionar el movimiento s bito hacia arriba SUE KIAIA AZO GIL SR DIOL GIA DRA IS SLE KXU ESO 55101 SSUC PUN SAK SD Vos HEE 29 QAI le SINSSLt FASHA Figure 2 2 Temporary Label Location LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Monitor Labels cont d Safety Precautions Two caution labels are found on the top of the monitor One warns to only move the console with the monitor in its lowest position and not to push the console from the side the second warns not to place objects on the top of the monitor Figure 2 3 shows the actual labels CAUTION EM ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZIONE ATEN O ATENCION 21 To avoid injury by tipping over SET THE MONITOR TO THE LOWEST POSITION B
16. s use and care precautions outlined in Probes Ultrasound energy even at diagnostic levels is capable of damaging sensitive tissues if adequate precautions are not followed The wrong combination of equipment settings probe positioning and tissue type can result in injury Please become thoroughly familiar with equipment controls Acoustic output concerns and their potential bioeffects are discussed in User Maintenance Follow the principle of as low as reasonably achievable ALARA when scanning a patient During each ultrasound examination the clinical user is expected to weigh the medical benefit of the diagnostic information obtained against the risk of potential harmful effects Once an optimal image is achieved the need for increasing acoustic output or prolonging the exposure cannot be justified It is recommended that all users receive proper training in applications before performing them in a clinical setting Please contact the local GE representative for training assistance ALARA training is provided by GE Application Specialists LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Equipment and Personnel Safety Related Hazards WARNING This equipment contains dangerous voltages that are capable of serious injury or death There are no user servicable components inside the console Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel only equipment and personnel during a diagnost
17. 1 digit and deviation 2 digits must be entered The menu choices at the third line allow EXIT Exits the User Table Edit function SAVE Saves the old data with the values changed DELETE Clears or deletes the entire table SETUP Returns to the General System Setup menu Use the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor on one of the above choices The table reverts to its previous state FS NOTE If a new table was added the measurement can be added to the summary report LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 BSA Type Choose the formula used to calculate Body Surface Area 1 Oriental USA formula 2 Occidental Asian formula Display Body Pattern Menu Choose to display all of the assigned body patterns when the body pattern key is pressed 1 Yes Display the body patterns 2 No Do not display body patterns Display Comment Menu Choose to display all of the assigned key cords when the comment key is pressed The key cords can be assigned in the commnet setup menu 1 Yes Display the key cords 2 No Do not display Auto Patient Data Search Choose to display the previous stored OB data of the patient in a trend graph 1 Yes Current and Stored OB data displayed 2 No Current data display only New Patient Menu Display Choose to display New Patient Menu 1 Yes New Patient Menu displayed 2 No Skip New Patient Menu Acti
18. 1987 Table 9 3 OB Calculation Formulas Osaka University LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas USA Method a Jw Je Jn Jr JE Ju Jt Jo e a Jis Jo Je Je Je Ju Jk Ju Jo BPD HC AC FL AFI CRL GS HR Vol Figure 9 3 USA Calculation Direct Keys Calc Input Author Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Reference Heart Rate one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 beats minute Measured manually or au beat time sec nah Gestational three distances GS d1 d2 d3 3 2 Hellman A OG Sac 543 P 702 103 789 1969 Crown Rump one distance CRL 1 684969 Hadlock 0 315646xd1 Radiology 0 049306xd1 2 182 501 1992 0 004057xd1 3 0 000120456xd1 4 Amniotic four distances AFI AFIH dis Dr Rutherford i tance AFI2 dis Dr Phelan OB tance AFI3 dis GYN Volume 70 tance AFl4 distance No 3 Part 1 p 353 6 Sept 1987 Femur Length one distance FL 3 91 0 427x Hadlock GA 0 0034x GA 2 Radiology 1984 152 497 501 Table 9 4 OB Calculation Formulas Part 1 USA Version 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 USA Method cont d OB Measurement amp Formulas Calc Input Author Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Reference Biparietal Diameter Circumference Head Circumference EFW 1H Estimated di HC Fetal Weight Estimated Fetal Weight EFW 2 EFW 3 EFW 4 EFW 5 Table 9 5 OB Calculati
19. 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Powering On the System Acclimation Time After being transported the system requires one hour for each 2 5 increment its temperature is below 10 C or above 40 C eps 9 T so 75 25 5 9 pp Rapa oe ps e a Table 3 2 System Acclimation Time Chart Power On the Probe Connectors Press the top portion of this switch to CAUTION a The Power switch is located on the front of the console next to turn the power on Illustration 1 Location of Power Switch 1 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Powering On the System Power Up Sequence 4 Hints 4 e The monitor and console power indicator light up e The system is initialized During this time One beep sounds during the sequence e All LEDs on the keyboard light NOTE If errors occur an error message appears at the bottom of the screen See User Maintenance Troubleshooting for more information If problems occur freeze the image and take a picture for reference This will help if there is a need to call for Service e Probes are initialized for immediate operation NOTE If no probes are connected the system goes into standby mode e Peripheral devices are activated on power up After initialization has been completed the system is in B Mode and ready for imaging Refer to Basic Scan for scanning instructions Power Off When switching off the system e P
20. Beethovenstrape 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42655 Solingen ASIA GE Medical Systems Asia Asia Support Center 67 4 Takakura cho Hachiouji shi Tokyo 192 JAPAN TEL 1 800 437 1171 FAX 1 414 647 4090 TEL 1 800 682 5327 or 1 414 524 5698 TEL 1 800 664 0732 TEL 1 800 682 5327 or 1 414 524 5698 TEL 1 305 735 2304 TEL 1 800 682 5327 or 1 414 524 5255 TEL 0130 81 6370 toll free TEL 49 0 212 28 02 208 FAX 49 0 212 28 02 28 TEL 81 42656 0033 FAX 81 42656 0053 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Who to Contact Who To Contact cont d AUSTRIA GE GesmbH Medical Systems Austria TEL 0660 8651 toll free Prinz Eugen Strasse 8 8 FAX 43 1 505 38 74 A 1040 WIEN TLX 136314 BELGIUM GE Medical Systems Benelux TEL 32 0 3 320 12 11 Gulkenrodestraat 3 FAX 32 0 3 320 12 59 B 2160 WOMMELGEM TLX 72722 DENMARK GE Medical Systems Danmark TEL 45 45 51 00 55 Skovlytoften 4 FAX 45 42 42 59 89 DK 2840 HOLTE FRANCE GE Medical Systems TEL 33 1 46 10 01 30 738 rue Yves Carmen FAX 33 1 46 10 01 20 F 92658 BOULOGNE CEDEX GERMANY GE Ultraschall TEL 0130 81 6370 toll free Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG TEL 49 0 212 28 02 208 Beethovenstrape 239 FAX 49 0 212 28 02 28 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42655 Solingen GREECE GE Medical Systems Hellas TEL 30 1 93 24 582 41 Nikolaou Plastira Street FAX 30 1 93 58 414 G 171 21 NEA SMYRNI
21. Figure 8 6 Calculations menu Angle The Angle Calculation Mode is set and a x cursor with a vertical dashed line appears The displayed angle is zero degrees Use the Trackball to position the line cursor and the Rotation Focus control to adjust the angle of the line cursor l Focus Rotation v Press Set to fix the position of the first cursor Set y Use the Trackball to position the second line cursor and the Rotation Focus control to adjust the angle of the second line cursor The angle between the two cursors is constantly updated on the display C B Focus Rotation 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Measuring Angle Y Measurement Y General Calculations If a fine adjustment of the two cursors is needed press Measurement to toggle which line cursor is active Adjust the active cursor with the Trackball and Rotation Focus control Press Set to complete the angle measurement Measuring Stenosis Area Ratio stenosis Measurement CAUTION n To calculate percent stenosis in a B Mode image Scan the patient to display a B Mode image of a blood vessel having a stenosis Press Freeze to stop image acquisition of a cross sectional view of the vessel Press Measurement to activate the measurement function The area of the blood vessel can be measured by the ellipse circle or trace method The Measurement Setup defines the default method
22. Gently wipe the monitor face FE NOTE When cleaning the monitor make sure not to scratch the monitor an anti glare shield Prolonged use of such cleaners damages CAUTION Do not use a hydrocarbon base glass cleaner on a monitor with the shield LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance Cleaning the system cont d Operator Controls gt Foot Switch VCR For more information 14 To clean the operator control panel 1 Moisten a soft non abrasive folded cloth with a mild general purpose non abrasive soap and water solution Wipe down operator control panel Use a cotton swab to clean around keys or controls Use a toothpick to remove solids from between keys and controls NOTE When cleaning the operator control panel make sure not to spill or spray any liquid on the controls into the system cabinet or in the probe connection receptacle To clean the foot switch 1 Moisten a soft non abrasive folded cloth with a mild general purpose non abrasive soap and water solution Wipe the external surfaces of the unit then dry with a soft clean cloth To clean the VCR 1 Turn off the VCR power If possible disconnect the power cord Wipe the external surfaces of the unit with a soft clean dry cloth NOTE Do not use a wet cloth or any cleaning fluid because it may enter and damage the unit Clean the record and pl
23. LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Distance Measurement cont d y Measurement 0 0 Clear Press Measurement to toggle between activating the two cursors for fine adjustment NOTE Press Clear once to erase the second measuring marker and the current data measured and start the measurement again Press Set to complete the measurement and fix the Distance value displayed on the bottom part of the screen Pressing Clear after the sequence is complete erases all data that has been measured to this point but not data entered on the report pages LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement An ellipse can also be used to measure the circumference and area of an organ To measure with an ellipse Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement to set up the measurement mode The X cursor appears on the display Use the Trackball to move the x cursor to either end of the major axis of the area to measure Press Set to fix the start point cursor Use the Trackball to move the second cursor to the major axis measurement end point Press the Ellipse up arrow key An ellipse having an initial circle shape appears Use the Trackball to position the ellipse as necessary and to size the measured axis continued 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 22
24. Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 EFW USA Using the Ellipse Up Down arrow keys choose the desired method for calculating the estimated fetal weight in the USA method To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down arrow key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up arrow key d Bi 1 Auto Automatcally selected 2 BPD AC Biparietal Diameter Abdominal Circumference Ga 3 FL AC Femur Length Abdominal Circumference 4 BPD AC FL Biparietal Diameter Abdominal Circumference Femur Length ED 5 FL AC HC Femur Length Abdominal Circumference Head Circumference J 6 FL AC HC BPD Femur Length Abdominal Circumference Head Circumference Biparietal Diameter EFBW Europe Choose the method for calculating the estimated fetal birth weight for the European method 1 Shp Wrs Shepherd Warshoff Method 2 Rch Brk Richards Berkowitz Method 3 Hdlck Hadlock Method 4 Grm German Accepted Method 5 Merz Merz Method EFBW Tokyo Choose the method for calculating the estimated fetal birth weight for the Tokyo method 1 TYO Tokyo University Method 2 TYO S1 Tokyo Shinozuka Method 3 TYO S2 Tokyo Shinozuka Method 4 TYO S3 Tokyo Shinozuka Method OB Report Form Choose default of the format for calculation and display of OB measurements 1 Tokyo Tokyo University Method 2 Osaka Osaka University Method 3 USA United States Method 4 Europe European Method Hadlock Table Choose the default Hadlo
25. Patient user injury from explosion and fire Console failure erratic operation or output error due to RF interference Table 2 1 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 ISO 7000 No 0659 Cleaning and care instructions Sheath and glove guidelines Probes ECG Connections to back panel Moving Using brakes Transporting ALARA the use of acoustic output following the as low as reasonably achievable principle Flammable anesthetic Replacing fuses Outlet guidelines IEC 878 No 03 04 Potential Hazards Safety Precautions Important Safety Considerations The following sections Patient Safety and Equipment and Personnel Safety are intended to make the equipment user aware of particular hazards associated with the use of this equipment and the extent to which injury can occur if precautions are not observed Additional precautions may be provided throughout the manual The equipment user is obligated to be familiar with these concerns and avoid conditions that could result in injury Patient Safety Related Hazards WARNING The concerns listed can seriously affect the safety of patients A undergoing a diagnostic ultrasound examination Patient Always include proper identification with all patient data and identification verify the accuracy of the patient s name or ID numbers when entering such data Make sure correct patient ID is provided on all recorded data and hard copy p
26. Pre Ejection Period RVET Right Ventricle one time interval RVET t1 msec or sec Ejection Time aWAVE Pulmonic Valve one distance aWAVE d1 cm or mm a Wave Amplitude HR Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 ute interval beat time sec PAAs Pulmonary Artery Area one distance PADs PAAs cm 2 at Systole 11 4 x PADs 2 PEP ET Right Ventricle Systole two distances PEP ET Time Interval Ratio RVPEP 8 RVET RVPEP RVET x100 Table 10 11 Pulmonic Valve M PV LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Tricuspid Valve M TV Measurements found on the M TV Sub Menu are TV EF Tricuspid Valve E F Velocity TV DE Tricuspid Valve D E Velocity TV CE Tricuspid Valve C E Velocity TV AC Tricuspid Valve A C Velocity P R P R Interval Measurements found on the M TV Sub Menu are HR Heart Rate TV A E Tricuspid A E Ratio TPR AC Tricuspid Valve PR AC Interval Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section E A RVOT LPADEA DA at D F PER RAS A af Oe RAPW C P ee Figure 10 10 M TV Measurements 28 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Tricuspid Valve M TV Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula X TV EF Tricuspid Valve E F Ve one slope TV_EF v1 cm s or m s locity TV DE Tricuspid Valve D E Am one
27. Tokyo University Osaka University 24 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Report Layout cont d Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA yy mm dd Ref MD NOTE POS PLAC yy mm dd AGE G P A E Page 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE Figure 9 10 USA OB Report Page Top Portion The top portion of the report is generally patient data entered at the beginning of the exam or provided automatically by the system These fields cannot be edited The fields involved are Hospital Name Operator ID Date Patient ID Patient Name Age Last Menstrual Period Basal Body Temperature Gravida Para Abortions Ectopic Referring Physician Note LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 34 Characters 4 Digits Date Format 14 Characters 29 Characters 3 Digits Date Format Date Format for Tokyo University and Osaka University versions 2 Digits 2 Digits 2 Digits 1 Digit 16 Characters 30 Characters 25 OB Summary Report OB Report Layout cont d The middle portion of the OB Report Page displays measurements taken of each type the estimate fetal age according to the measurement and the calculations made from the measurement lt also displays the heart rate CUA AUA CGA are calculated based upon each desired GA of the measurement lines which are selected to Y FS NOTE CUA AUA C
28. e Dimethyl Silicone e Methyl or Ethyl Parabens para hydroxybenzoic acid Planned Maintenance system and probes to ensure optimum operation and safety Do the Daily After As Necessary Following Each Use CAUTION h The following maintenance schedule is suggested for the AAA AAA O A AE A NENNEN Table 14 4 Planned Maintenance Program LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Probe Discussion Introduction The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series supports three types of probes e Curved Array Convex Curved Array Convex probes including micro convex are usually designated by the prefix C or M e Linear Array Linear Array probes are designated by the prefix L Phased Array Sector Phased Array Sector probes are designated by the prefix suffix S 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Curved Array Convex Probes There are eight convex probes for the system the CBF CAE MTZ CZB CS ATR ERB and C358 probes Biopsy Guidezone The type of guide displayed for the convex probes is illustrated below g Figure 14 5 Typical Convex Probe Biopsy Guidelines The CBF probe is a General Purpose Wide field of view general purpose probe for Radiology Penetration obtaining B Mode within OB GYN Small footprint the intended uses Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Biopsy capability The CAE probe
29. 1 week to EDD EC UP R Choose to add 1 week to the calculation results of EDD 1 Yes Add 1 week 2 No Do not add 1 week GA Simul Display EC UP Choose the default method to display GA in an OB calculation 1 Yes Simultaneously display 2 No Do not Simultaneously display Report Average EC UP Choose to enable or disable the calculation summary report page measurement averaging function 1 Yes Measurement averaging on 2 No Measurement averaging off Report Store No EC UP Choose how many measurements will be used in the averaging function Choose from 1 2 or 3 Report Format Sub Menu EC UP The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series allows for user control of each exam category summary report format If the current exam category has an associated summary report page select this menu option to change the report format Factory default items can be deleted or user desired items added LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 33 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 Example report format change Exam Category OB The Report Format menu appears as shown in Figure 13 16 SETUP MENU Report Format 03 12 98 08 37 51 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS COMMAND EXIT DELETE BPD HADLOCK HC HADLOCK OFD HC AC HADLOCK TAD AC APD AC FL HADLOCK CRL HADLOCK GS HELLMAN UNDEFINED UNDEFINED Figure 13 16 Report Format menu The menu choices at the top allow EXIT Exits
30. 100 Rev 1 Introduction Measurement Key The following table indicates the types of generic measurements available when the Measurement key is pressed and no specific calculation is chosen The type of measurement depends on the current scan mode and the number of times the Measurement key is pressed ReyPressed Bode with Bj Mode Once Distance Tissue Depth Ellipse Distance Tissue Depth Depth Difference Trace Circle Time Interval Gray Scale Echo Level Time Slope Table 1 General Measurements by Mode Cursors Once the measurement sequence is complete the cursor symbol changes sequentially to one of the eight shown below pp XK KS OHIO Figure 7 2 Measurement Completed Cursors LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement B Mode Measurements Distance Measurement o 69 8 O o ol o o o O o Measurement y continued Distance Measurements are typically made in the B Mode portion of the image To make a distance measurement Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press the Measurement key once to display a x cursor on the screen and to display distance on the bottom part of the screen Use the Trackball to move the x cursor to the measurement start point Press Set to fix the measurement start point cursor and to display a second cursor Use the Trackball to move the second x cursor to the measurement end point
31. 124 57 9001555 459 89 0103434 345 67 0835756 670 88 9903276 127 90 0238436 127 45 0923463 349 22 1394267 568 95 8762475 889 86 3722351 780 76 9009457 909 10 7800778 668 18 1858852 Search Delete PATIENT LIST MENU of PT NAME SMITH MART L SMITH MART L CARROL SMITH CABLEGUY P HARRISON T YUJIN P JAMES SMITH K NICKY BLUES SIMON BERKLEY ROGER DEMON KARL ARNOLD W C CHANG J Y PARK JOHNNY GOODMAN SCALF MARY J ROGER M JEAN MORRISON K Select All List All Ctrl c to cancel Set to select Return to recall Figure 9 21 Patient List Menu 42 EDD 02 07 96 08 07 96 04 24 96 11 21 96 02 11 96 03 27 96 01 04 97 07 22 97 12 12 97 04 29 97 05 05 98 03 27 98 09 16 98 10 03 98 11 23 98 01 05 99 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Patient List Commands 0 Return n Clear Ellipse Fetal Trend Management The commands allow the user to perform the following functions Menu commands Bottom of the Menu Search Delete Select All List all Exit Searches the Patient List for the desired patient information Deletes saved patient data Selects all files Displays All patients data list Exit from the Patient List Menu Key Commands Set Return Clear Ellipse Up Ellipse Down LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Select a file Put asterisk mark in front of the desired file Displays the data
32. 2 No Report Average 1 l Yes 2 No Report Store No 3 123 Report Format Sub menu A N Assignment Sub menu CUA AUA for HADLOCK 1 1 CUA 2 AUA Measurement Dotline 3 1 0 f 2 1pixel 3 5pixel Stepper Increment 1 1 5 0mm 2 2 5mm PPSA PSAD Selecting 1 1 PPSA 2 PSAD PPSA Coefficient 1 0 15 0 01 0 99 STP 0 01 PPSA Coefficient 2 0 15 0 01 0 99 STP 0 01 Cardiac Calculation Sub menu Growth Data Reference 1 l Pregnancy Origin 2 CUA AUA CGA Hip Orientation 1 l cranial left 2 cadual left Figure 13 15 Measurement Setup Menu Time Unit EC UP Choose the unit of display for all time measurements 1 ms milliseconds 2 sec seconds Length Unit EC UP Choose the unit of display for all length distance measurements 1 mm millimeters 2 cm centimeters Circ Area EC UP Choose the default method to be used for circumference area measurements 1 Trace Manually trace with the Trackball 2 Elip Ellipse method 3 Circ Circle method 4 2 Dist Two diameter distance method 5 Dia Single distance method Echo Level EC UP Choose the size of the echo level measurement box cursor 1 Box 3mm 3mm x 3mm box 2 Box 5mm 5mm x 5mm box 3 Box 7mm 7mm x 7mm box 32 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 Heart Rate EC UP Choose the default method for measuring heart rate 1 Auto Automatic 2 Manual Manual Add
33. 3 17 On 3 16 Pre Processing B Mode Dynamic Range 5 13 Edge Enhance 5 13 Frame Averaging 5 11 M Mode Dynamic Range 5 19 5 20 Edge Enhance 5 21 Preset 3 26 Printing Images 12 6 Probe 3 21 16 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 Revo Index 10L 14 23 Activating 3 23 Application 14 5 Biopsy Guidelines 5 15 5 16 C358 14 21 C364 14 19 CAE 14 19 Care and Maintenance 14 8 Cleaning 14 11 Connecting 3 21 14 7 Coupling Gels 14 17 CS 14 20 Curved Array Convex 14 19 CZB 14 20 Deactivating 3 24 Description 14 18 Disconnecting 14 7 Disinfecting 14 14 Dual Frequency Operation Penetration 5 10 Environmental Requirements 14 8 ERB 14 21 Immersion Levels 14 13 Labelling 14 3 LB 14 23 LD 14 23 LE 14 22 LH 14 22 Ll 14 23 Linear Array Biopsy guideline 14 22 14 24 LT 14 23 MTZ 14 20 Planned Maintenance 14 17 Safety 14 9 Coupling gels Applying 14 17 Precautions 14 17 Special Handling Instructions 14 10 Specifications 14 6 Storing 3 23 Pulmonic Valve 10 26 10 27 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User 1 7 Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index R Record 3 30 12 6 Recording Images Black White Video Printer 12 7 Reference Zoom Methods 6 5 Region Of Interest ATO ROI size 5 15 5 16 Regulatory Labels America Canada Taiwan Mexcio Philippines Systems 2 21 2 23 European Systems 2 22 Rejection B
34. 3 31 Red Shift 3 31 Return 3 31 Special Key Function 3 32 Arrow 3 34 ATO 3 34 Biopsy 3 33 Edge Enhc 3 33 Ext Video 3 33 Focus 3 34 Frame Ave 3 32 Map 3 32 Penetration 3 33 Report Page 3 32 Scroll 5 16 Space 3 34 Sweep Speed 3 33 Tab 3 31 User Defined Keys 3 35 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User 1 1 Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index L Labels Icon Description 2 8 LB 14 23 LD 14 23 Left Ventricular Calculation Formulas 10 9 Left Right Ventricle 10 19 10 20 LH 14 22 Ll 14 23 Library Annotation 6 11 Entering Editing 6 11 LOGIQ 200 Left side view 3 5 3 6 Moving 3 12 Positioning Transporting 3 11 Transporting 3 13 Wheels Setting the Lock 3 14 LT 14 23 M Mode 5 17 5 18 B M Gain 5 19 5 20 Dynamic Range 5 19 5 20 Edge Enhance 5 21 Gray Scale Map 5 21 Optimizing 5 18 Rejection 5 22 Slope 7 16 Sweep Speed 5 22 Time 7 15 Tissue Depth 7 14 Zoom 6 4 M Mode Analysis Aortic Valve 10 24 10 25 Left Right Ventricle 10 19 10 20 Mitral Valve 10 22 10 23 Pulmonic Valve 10 26 10 27 Tricuspid Valve 10 28 10 29 Maintenance 15 11 User 15 1 Who to Contact 1 6 1 7 Measurement 3 27 Accuracy 15 4 Cursors 7 5 Key 7 5 Measurement Averaging Page GYN Layout 9 64 Measurements 12 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO B Mode Circumference Area 7 8 Distance 7 6 Echo Level 7 12 Bi Plane Ellipsoi
35. 4 5 6 7 8 4 a LL 4 Figure 9 23 Previous Data Page USA LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 45 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Deleting Patient Data The following process allows the user to delete the specified files Use the Trackball to highlight the desired file number Press Set to mark the highlighted Use the Trackball to move the cursor to highlight DELETE at the bottom of the menu s Press Set Before deleting any data the following message is displayed Delete Press Clear to Cancel Set to confirm Set proceed with deleting the data Clear canceling the job The data selected is then deleted from the data base 46 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational MGOB Multigestational Overview The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series offers an optional calculation package that allows the user to measure and report multiple fetus development The system is capable of reporting a maximum of four fetuses Patient Entry Menu If the Multigestational Option has been purchased an extra entry appears on the Patient Entry Menu to the right of RefMD This entry is called FETUS NUMBER The factory default number is one Entering Fetus Number It is generally during the first exam that the user recognizes a multiple gestation If during the first exam more than one fetus is imaged the user can use t
36. Actions to Minimize Bioeffect The operator must be aware of the particular conditions that exist during the examination to recognize the potential for bioeffect and then take appropriate action to reduce the risk The recognition of potential harm comes from an understanding of tissue characteristics and a real time knowledge of acoustic output Taking appropriate action requires familiarity with equipment operation and examination skills like implementing alternative techniques for obtaining the same diagnostic information Tissue characteristics Tissue characteristics vary considerably throughout the body They influence the acoustic field and determine the heating cooling rates and cavitation potential Ultrasound energy dissipates as it passes through the tissue causing the deeper tissue to encounter much lower levels Some tissues like bone readily convert ultrasound energy to heat while others like blood and amniotic fluid pass the energy on to adjacent tissue relatively unattenuated A particular situation that represents a tissue combination requiring extra precaution is a third trimester transabdominal fetal examination where there is a very thin abdominal wall and a long fluid path The relative lack of attenuating tissue along the acoustic path will significantly increase the available energy in the fetal tissue Additionally fetal tissues are more susceptible to long term injury due to nature of developing tissue Focusing the
37. Biopsy If the exam is over 1 Remove the biopsy guide and twist lock clamp Remove and properly dispose of the sheath 2 Thoroughly clean the probe and equipment Refer to your institution s infection control guidezones for disinfection sterilization protocols 3 After sterilization return the probe to its carrying case LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 35 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Biopsy Probes Probe Application Biopsy Guide Needle Sizes Procedure Repl Kit CBF Abdominal Civco 14 16 18 20 22 Civco Ultra Pro 3 5 MHz OB GYN 25 AWG E8385LC CAE Abdominal Civco 14 16 18 20 22 Civco Ultra Pro 5 0 MHz OB GYN 25 AWG E8385LC CZB Neonatal Civco 14 16 18 20 22 Civco Ultra Pro 6 5 MHz Small Parts ZR RM TEES E8385LC 25 AWG LH Small Parts Civco 14 16 18 20 22 Civco Ultra Pro 7 5 MHz Peripheral 25 AWG E8385LC Vascular MTZ Endocavitary Requires 25 cm H46222AD 6 5 MHz needles Civco 18 AWG H4550BG Kit E8385S 14 15 16 17 18 E8386JA CS Abdominal 3 5 MHz Intraoperative 19 20 21 22 23 10L Gynecology Civco 10 MHz AWG ERB Urology Y Bridge Type H40202bE 7 0 MHz 3Cb Abdominal Civco 14 15 16 17 18 Civco Ultra Pro II 3 8MHz OB GYN 19 20 21 22 23 AWG S317 Abdominal Civco 14 15 16 17 18 Civco Ultra Pro II 3 3MHz Cardiology 19 20 21 22 23 AWG Table 14 7 Probe Biopsy Chart YMS LD Intraoperative YMS H45212AE Guide Stopper H45212SS MS 36 LOGIQ 200 PRO S
38. Book Is Organized Manual Content cont d 10 Measurements and Reports Shows how to do general and exam category specific measurements and calculations e General Measurements and Calculations Emphasis on basic measurements for each mode e Exam Categories e Abdomen and Small Parts OB GYN e Cardiology e Urology Recording Images Explains the use of image archive and peripheral options Customizing your system Shows how to customize the system for your particular institution clinic or exam type Probes and Biopsy Provides intended uses specifications care and maintenance and biopsy capability instructions for each probe User Maintenance Provides information concerning System specifications warranties error messages user diagnostics bioeffects quality assurance system care and assistance Data Tables Provides necessary data for reference e Acoustic Output LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Manual Format Finding information Tables of Contents Tabs Headers Footers References Index 2 Column Layout O e O 0 Graphics C How This Book Is Organized Information has been arranged and provided to help find information easily and quickly Locate topics in the main table of contents Chapter tabs are provided The section name and page number appear on the outer corners of every page See also page references that are noted Meant
39. D 2 O olomo mzz NE 5 215 b a 5 y Ugo w 28 o lt E 3 a Operator messages I D Figure 5 5 M Mode with B Mode Display Format LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 23 2234813 100 Rev 1 Zooming an Image Zooming an Image Introduction Zoom is used to magnify an image The magnification factor for zoom is fixed at 2 0 The system adjusts all imaging parameters accordingly Zooming an Image To magnify an image press Zoom and move the Trackball to Region Of Interest ROI The zoomed image will appear unless the displayed format does not allow a zoomed image Eg NOTE The zoomed image can be moved around the B Mode image by moving the Trackball Measurements can be performed on zoomed images TGC pots within the zoom are active Gain is decreased by sliding the pot to the left Gain is increased by sliding the pot to the right 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Zooming an Image Zoom Methods Zoom is accomplished while scanning live real time zm While scanning press the Zoom key to activate the zoom function The zoom cursor will appear on the image Use the Trackball to position the ROI The zoomed image will appear Set Press Set if the user wants to fix the image Clear Press Clear or Zoom to cancel the zoom function NOTE When using the Zoom function in a multiple image display format dual B Mode display only live images can be
40. ERR eee eed 15 22 Accessories aieiaiei ead sees 15 22 Supplies Accessories oooccooocccooonc eee 15 23 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents Chapter 16 Acoustic Output Bioeffects EPRXRARERAGIRERAGRRREERRERRESEARERGRERA 16 2 Concerns Surrounding the Use of Diagnostic Ultrasound 16 2 Operator Awareness and Actions to Minimize Bioeffect 16 5 Implementing ALARA Methods 16 8 Training and User Assistance 000 ee eee 16 9 IEC Acoustic Output Tables 16 10 IEC Acoustic Output Tables sseuuuue 16 10 Index 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Overview oystem Overview Attention This manual contains enough information to operate the system safely Advanced equipment training will be provided by a factory trained Applications Specialist for the agreed upon time period Read and understand all instructions in this manual before attempting to use the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system Keep this User s Manual with the equipment at all times Periodically review the procedures for operation and safety precautions Prescription Device For USA Caution United States law restricts this device to sale or use by Only or on the order of a physician System Components ts Refer to the Service Manual 2235374 for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system components 2 LOGIQ 20
41. EXIT SAVE Direct key NAME BPD HADLOCK HC HADLOCK AC HADLOCK FL HADLOCK AFI CRL HADLOCK GS HELLMAN HR Vol UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED PXQmEamunp Y KHond Hugrbszxti UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED Menu Structure Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the Press Set The author name menu will appear as shown in 01 13 98 08 57 53 PRESET 1 DELETE BERKOWITZ HANSMANN KURTZ NELSON ROBINSON JEANTY PARIS SOSTOA REMPEN ERIKSEN KOREA ASUM NTUH USER OTHERS EXIT Figure 13 21 Author Name Menu LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 39 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To Change Assignment of key cont d Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the T J A desired method Set Press Set The measurement type menu will appear as shown in Figure 13 22 SETUP MENU A N Assignment Setup 01 13 98 08 57 53 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Direct key NAME BPD HADLOCK GENERAL TOKYO A 3 me AC HADLOCK CARDIOLOGY BELLMAN FL HADLOCK UROLOGY HADLOCK AFI EXIT CRL HADLOCK oo GS HELLMAN HR Vol UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED HANSMANN KURTZ NELSON ROBINSON A 8 B E G H m s E s Y
42. Each Use To clean the probe 1 After each use disconnect the probe from the ultrasound console and remove all coupling gel from the probe by wiping with a soft cloth and rinsing with flowing water LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Probe Cleaning Process cont d 2 Wash the probe with mild soap in lukewarm water Scrub the probe as needed using a soft sponge gauze or cloth to remove all visible residue from the probe surface Prolonged soaking or scrubbing with a soft bristle brush such as a toothbrush may be necessary if material has dried onto the probe surface 3 Rinse the probe with enough clean potable water to remove all visible soap residue 4 Air dry or dry with a soft cloth Es Special Cleaning Instructions for the MTZ When cleaning the MTZ probe it is important to be sure that all surfaces are thoroughly cleaned This probe has an adjustable two part handle that must be disassembled to gain access to all surfaces To disassemble the handle completely remove the handle adjustment screw located mid way between the cable entry and probe tip The two handle halves and adjustment screw must be thoroughly cleaned along with the main probe shaft as described earlier in step 2 After rinsing and drying is completed the probe handle can be loosely reassembled for the disinfection process 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe
43. Ejec one time interval LVPEP t1 msec or sec tion Period Q I LVET Left Ventricle one time interval LVET t1 msec or sec Ejection Time I K HR Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 ute interval beat time sec LA AO LADs AOd Ratio two distances LA AO LADs AOd x LADs 8 AOd 100 PEP ET Left Ventricle Systole two distances PEP ET Time Interval Ratio LVPEP 8 LVET LVPEP LVET x 100 Table 10 10 Aortic Valve M AV LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 25 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Pulmonic Valve M PV Measurements found on M PV Sub Menu are PADs Pulmonic Artery Diameter at Systole aWAVE Pulmonic Valve a Wave Amplitude RVPEP Right Ventricle Pre Ejection Period RVET Right Ventricle Ejection Time Measurements found on the M PV Sub Menu are HR Heart Rate PAAs Pulmonary Artery Area at systole PEP ET Right Ventricle Systole Time Interval Ratio Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section g PVAW A Fe qup SS C A hh h H PG NN SV ECG Q Figure 10 9 M PV Measurements 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Pulmonic Valve M PV Formulas Calelimemonie J CaleName inputiieasurements Forma PADs Pulmonic Artery one distance PADs d1 cm or mm Diameter at Systole RVPEP Right Ventricle one time interval RVPEP t1 msec or sec
44. HANGE GRAPH INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS Oper ID YY MM DD Name AGE BBT GA NOTE GO PO AO EO Page 4 4 90 10 Figure 9 15 European OB Trend Graph The graphic displays a horizontal scale for gestational weeks and a vertical scale for the measurement value The curve graphic shows the standard values with two additional curves representing the standard deviation 30 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Trend Graph Page Layout cont d gt If information was entered on the patient data entry menu that allows for the estimation of a gestational age an asterisk is displayed on the graph to show the current status of the fetus relative to the measurement table The OB Trend Graph Page also has patient data fields measurement calculation data fields and a comment field The system does not allow any field on the OB Trend Graph to be edited except the comment area To exit the OB Trend Graph display move the cursor to EXIT in the OB Trend Graph Page and press Set NOTE In many cases the LMP is required in order to properly compute the OB Trend Graph Ensure that the LMP is properly entered in the Patient Entry Menu OB Trend Graph Labeling Table 9 11 is a summary of the labeling found in the OB Trend Graph for deviation LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Trend Graph Labelin
45. ITALY GE Medical Systems Italia TEL 39 39 20 881 Via Monte Albenza 9 FAX 39 39 73 37 86 I 20052 MONZA TLX 3333 28 NETHERLANDS GE Medical Systems Nederland B V TEL 31 304 79711 Atoomweg 512 FAX 31 304 11702 NL 3542 AB UTRECHT POLAND GE Medical Systems Polska TEL 48 2 625 59 62 Krzywickiego 34 FAX 48 2 615 59 66 P 02 078 WARSZAWA LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Who to Contact Who to Contact cont d Manufacturer PORTUGAL GE Medical Systems Portuguesa S A Rua Sa da Bandeira 585 Apartado 4094 P 4002 PORTO CODEX RUSSIA GE VNIIEM Mantulinskaya Ul 5A 123100 MOSCOW SPAIN GE Medical Systems Espa a Hierro 1 Arturo Gimeno Poligono Industrial I E 28850 TORREJON DE ARDOZ SWEDEN GE Medical Systems PO BOX 1243 S 16428 KISTA SWITZERLAND GE Medical Systems Schweiz AG Sternmattweg 1 CH 6010 KRIENS TURKEY GE Medical Systems Turkiye A S Mevluk Pehliran Sodak Yilmaz Han No 24 Kat 1 Gayretteppe ISTANBUL UNITED KINGDOM IGE Medical Systems Coolidge House 352 Buckingham Avenue SLOUGH Berkshire SL1 4ER TEL FAX TLX TEL FAX TLX TEL FAX TLX TEL FAX TLX TEL FAX TEL FAX TEL FAX SAMSUNG GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS 65 1 Sangdaewon Dong Chungwon Ku TEL Sungnam Si Kyunggi Do KOREA FAX 351 2 2007696 97 351 2 2084494 22804 7 095 956 7037 7 502 220 32 59 613020 GEMED SU 34 1 676 4012 34 1 6
46. KOHGYMHAHM ZO JEANTY PARIS SOSTOA REMPEN ERIKSEN KOREA ASUM NTUH USER OTHERS EXIT Figure 13 22 Measurement Type Select Repeat the previous steps as necessary to program additional alphanumeric keys To EXIT Report Format Set Go to the initial A N Assignment menu as shown in Figure 13 19 place the cursor on EXIT and press Return To return to the Measurement setup menu press Set 40 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 CUA AUA for Hadlock EC UP Choose the unit for measuring fetal age in the USA Hadlock method 1 CUA Composite Ultrasound Age 2 AUA Arithmetic Ultrasound Age Measurement Dotline EC UP Choose to have the line between the measurement cursors on or off 1 Off No Line as default 2 1pixel 1 pixel line as default 3 5pixel 5 pixel line as default Stepper Increment EC UP Choose to have the default step increment for the stepper volume measurement 1 5 mm spacing for area measurement 2 2 5 mm spacing for area measurement PPSA PSAD Selecting EC UP Set the desired default report item for calculating method on the Urology Report page 1 PPSA PPSA method 2 PSAD PSAD method LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 41 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 PPSA Coefficient 1 EC UP Set the desired default PPSA Coefficient 1 for the PPSA calculation on the Urology Re
47. Methods Measurements 12 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bullet Method Formulas Cardiology LV Analysis Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Left Ventricular Length Diastole LVLd LVAMd LVAMs Left Ventricular Length Systole Left Ventricular Area Mi tral Valve Diastole Left Ventricular Area Mi tral Valve Systole End Diastole Volume End Systole Volume Stroke Volume Cardiac Output Ejection Fraction Heart Rate beats min ute Mitral Valve Area dV sV V O F HR PHT VA ET tid one area by ellipse LVAMd at cm 2 trace or circle one area by ellipse trace or circle LVAMs a1 cm 2 one distance and one area by ellipse trace or circle EdV ml 5xLVLd xLVAMd 6 one distance and one area by ellipse trace or circle EsV ml 5xLVLs xLVAMs 6 SV ml EdV EsV CO 1 min SVxHR 1000 two distances and two areas by ellipse trace or circle two distances and two areas by ellipse trace or circle and one 2 beat time interval two distances and two EF SV EdVx100 areas by ellipse trace or circle one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 interval beat time sec Pressure Half Time PHT t1 ms or sec one pressure half time interval MVA cm 2 220 PHT Table 10 4 Bullet Method Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 13 Cardiology LV Analysis Modified Simpson s Rule
48. Mode 5 15 5 16 M Mode 5 22 Reverse 3 29 B Mode 5 10 Rotation 3 28 B Mode Image 5 9 S Safety Acoustic Output 2 16 BF Equipment 2 10 CF Equipment 2 10 Class Equipment 2 10 EMC 2 11 Equipment and personnel safety Explosion hazard 2 6 Smoke and fire hazard 2 6 Hazard Symbols Icon Description 2 3 Labels Icon Description 2 8 Patient Diagnostic Information 2 4 Identification 2 4 Mechanical Hazards 2 4 Patient safety Acoustic Output hazard 2 5 Diagnostic information 2 4 Electrical hazard 2 5 Mechanical hazards 2 4 Patient identification 2 4 Training ALARA 2 5 Safety hazards defined 2 3 2 4 Safety icons defined 2 2 Safety Precaution Icon Description 2 2 Warning Label Location 2 18 Safety Precaution 2 2 Service Requesting 15 22 Set 3 27 Setup 18 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO Index Basic Operation 13 5 Body Pattern Setup 13 28 13 29 13 30 Commend Line 13 3 13 4 Comment Setup 13 31 General System 1 Setup 13 8 13 9 13 10 13 11 General System Setup 13 12 13 13 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17 13 18 Image Display Setup 13 24 13 25 13 26 13 27 Introduction 13 2 Measurement Setup 13 32 13 33 13 34 13 35 13 36 13 37 13 38 13 39 13 40 13 41 13 42 13 43 13 44 A N Assignment EC UP 13 38 Menu structure 13 8 Patient Entry Setup 13 45 13 46 Probe Parameter 1 Setup 13 19 13 20 13 21 Probe Parameter 2 Setup 13 22 13 23
49. PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Specifications Image Material of Frequency Headshell MHz PES Axom Gomes eese Gemas 35 Pes Axom Convex rusozzca oe 5 PES meray Convex meeer cers es RORY Neonatal Comer rasmez cers 6s PES cardo Convex wsszzcs ows 35 Pes Um Convex meen aes 7 PES Superica_ ume rasa Gemas 75 PES oBGm ume a aes 5 PES Taveopeatve Tear menu Gemas 75 PES mmopeaie Uma Pason Gemas 75 PES oBGm ume Hemmer Gemas 3s x res Gsm ue meso sones e Table 14 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Probe List PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Connecting and Disconnecting a Probe When connecting or disconnecting a probe the probe port should not be active To ensure that the ports are not active place the system in the image freeze condition Ultrasound transmission is stopped until the system is unfrozen When activating a probe system preset parameters such as Depth Focal Zone Number and Position and image Rotation are also activated Refer to Customizing Your System for more information Selecting a probe Hints e Always start out with a probe that provides optimum focal depths and penetration for the patient size and application e Begin the scan sessi
50. Page Layout USA Europe LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 23 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Report Layout cont d Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE GHEPHHAHHERH Ref MD NOTE POS PLAC Page 1 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE MEASUREMENT CGA CALCULATION BPD TOKYO S mm W D SD AxT TOKYO S Cm2 HEWIEDHHESD AC TOKYO S mm W D SD FL TOKYO S mm W D SD LV TOKYO mm WHDLHHD GS TOKYO dH Hmm WHDtH D CRL TOKYO S mm W D SD USER1 mm W DE D USER2 iH Hmm WHDLHHD USER3 iH Hmm WHDLHHD EFW1 TOKYO S1 iig USERA mm WHDLHHD AFI mm HHH HEART RATE BPM BIOPHYS HH KKKKKKKKKKK GA EFW GA OPE W D EDC LMP dd mm yy CGA EDC CGA Tokyo University Report Page Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE GHEPHHAHHEHH Ref MD NOTE POS PLAC Page 1 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE MEASUREMENT CGA CALCULATION BPD OSAKA 4 mm WHD HSD FTA OSAKA Cm2 WHDLHHSD HL OSAKA mm W DE SD HHH FL OSAKA mm WHDLHHSD iHe GS TOKYO mm WHDLHHD HHH CRL OSAKA 4 mm WHDL SD EFBW OSAKA Hit IU EFBW OSAKA g AFI mm Hitt HEART RATE BPM GA EFBW BIOPHYS HHH GA IUGR GA LMP EDC LMP CGA EDC CGA Osaka University Report Page Figure 9 9 OB Report Page Layout
51. SAVE is selected Pressing Set overwrites the old data with the values changed Pressing Clear will return the system to previously saved values without saving If parameters were changed in the setup menus DELETE will return those parameters to factory default values LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Basic Operation A Basic Operation Diagram of the Setup function is shown in Figure 13 3 Exam Mode Patient Entry Report Page gt Setup Menu EXIT Setup Top Menu 9r EXIT Setup Menu il Setup Menu ED EXIT Figure 13 3 Basic Operation diagram LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Activating Setup Menu To activate the Setup Menu Press Setup Menu key the Setup Top Menu is despl syed on the monitor Select one of the setup menus by using the Arrow keys Press Set or Return to display the selected setup menu Changing a Parameter JANE Hints To change a parameter value Press the Arrow keys to move the cursor to the desired Parameter Type a number to highlight the desired value or type the necessary information or desired value Repeat the process until all of the necessary parameters have been changed e Parameters on all of the menu pages can be customized before selecting SAVE e Parameter changes will be lost if SAVE is not selected e Two user applicati
52. Thickness Diastole Interventricular Septal one distance IVSs d1 cm or mm Thickness Systole Left Ventricle one distance LVPWd d1 cm or mm Posterior Wall Thickness Diastole Left Ventricle one distance LVPWs d1 cm or mm Posterior Wall Thick ness Systole End Diastole one distance EdV ml LVIDd 3x7 2 4 Volume LVIDa End Systole one distance EsV ml LVIDs 3x7 2 4 Volume LVIDs Stroke Volume SV ml EdV EsV Cardiac Output two distances and one 2 CO 1 min beat time SVxHR 1000 interval Ejection Fraction EF SV EdVx100 Fractional Shortening two distances FS 1 LVIDs LVIDd x100 Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time HR 120 sec ute interval 2 beat time sec Pressure Half Time PHT t1 ms or sec Mitral Valve Area one pressure half time MVA cm 2 220 PHT interval Ejection Time ET t1 ms or sec Table 10 2 Teichholz Method Formulas 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Gibson Method Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula LVIDd Left Ventricular one distance LVIDd d1 cm or mm Internal Diameter Dias tole LVIDs Left Ventricular one distance LVIDs d1 cm or Internal Diameter Sys mm tole IVSd Interventricular one distance IVSd d1 cm or mm Septal Thickness Dias tole IVSs Interventricular one distance IVSs d1 cm or mm Septal Thickness Sys tole LVPWd Left Ventricle one distance LVPWd d1 cm or mm Posterior Wall Thickne
53. To Change the B Edge Enhance press the Edge Enhc key repeatedly From the default value each press cycles between OFF gt LOW MID gt HIGH The selected value is displayed Edge enhance modifies the B Mode image by accentuating the interfaces between organs or vessels OFF LOW MID or HIGH Edge enhance status is returned to the preset value when changing the Application Exam category or New Patient Edge Enhance operates in real time only not in Freeze Cine or VCR playback NOTE The default value of B Dynamic Range and B Edge Enhance can be set in the Probe Parameter 2 Setup Menu NOTE It is not possible to change dynamic range on a frozen image LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 13 B Mode Controls cont d B Gray Scale Map Description Gray scale mapping determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray Accessing Press the Map key to change the Gray Scale Map Changing Benefits Displays the received echo levels with different weights on specific levels of gray For example a certain gray map may enhance mid level echoes over a wider range of grays verses high or low level echoes Allows for better differentiation between echo levels through gray levels displayed Values There are 10 selections of Gray Scale Mapping Gray Scale Mapping is a post processing function
54. To avoid electrical shock hazard do not remove panels or covers from console This servicing must be performed by qualified service personnel Failure to do so could cause serious injury If any defects are observed or malfunctions occur do not Hazard operate the equipment but inform a qualified service person Contact a Service Representative for information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance Weekly Maintenance E a e 12 we S O ge e The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system requires weekly care and maintenance to function safely and properly Clean the following System cabinet Monitor Operator control panel Foot switch Video Cassette Recorder VCR Multi Imaging Camera MIC Video Page Printer Failure to perform required maintenance may result in unnecessary service calls LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance Cleaning the system Prior to cleaning any part of the system 1 Turn off the system System cabinet To clean the system cabinet 1 Moisten a soft non abrasive folded cloth with a mild general purpose non abrasive soap and water solution 2 Wipe down the top front back and both sides of the System cabinet Ey NOTE Do not spray any liquid directly into the unit Monitor To clean the monitor 1 Apply a glass cleaner to a soft non abrasive folded cloth 2
55. Users Manual 29 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Mode Display and Record cont d The Record 1 and Record 2 keys are used to activate print the designated recording device i e video page printer multi image camera or image archive option Record1 Record2 c The Freeze key is used to stop the acquisition of ultrasound data and freeze the image in system memory Pressing Freeze a second time continues live image acquisition The B M Gain Cine Scroll knob control performs a dual function During B Mode it controls the gain of the displayed echoes During M Mode it controls the gain of the displayed timeline echoes E Ma BW A 4 When the image is frozen it controls scrolling forwards and 4 B M Gain Cine Scroll backwards through the Cine loop images in temporary storage 30 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Keyboard Ctrl BackSpace Return Operator Controls The keyboard has standard alphanumeric keys available along with some special functions NOTE The Cursor Home key is also used as a Focus Combination Key to activate ihe Focus Combination function The Escape key is used to exit or cancel B mode M mode B M mode Setup mode Archive mode Report Page New Patient and Patient ID menu Control is used in conjunction with other keys to activate special keyboard functions Back Space is used to delete previous characters while annotating Ret
56. Width cont d To measure ovarian length Scan the patient s right or left ovary in the sagittal plane Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Measurement Press Measurement to activate the measurement function An example of the factory default GYN calculation menu page is y shown in Figure 9 27 ATUM S RtOv D LtOv F Cervix G Endo Figure 9 27 GYN Calculation Menu factory default Select Rt Ov L or Lt Ov L from the GYN Calculation Menu Press the Space left right keys or the Arrow up down keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight the desired measurement and press Set A x cursor appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 55 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Measurement Ovarian Length Height and Width cont d Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the measurement start point Press Set to fix the start point cursor An end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the measurement end point NOTE If a fine adjustment of the two cursors is desired press Measurement to toggle which cursor is active and adjust with the Trackball Press Set to complete the measurement The cursor and measured Rt Ov L or Lt Ov L value are fixed 56 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Measurement Ovarian Length Height and Width cont d Measurement To measure ovarian height and width Scan the patient s right or left ovary in the ax
57. Yes 2 No 1 Underscore 2 Block 1 Yes 2 No 1 5 2 10 3 15 4 30 5 60 6 Inf 1 Yes 2 No 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 0 ms 50 500 STP 50 sec 1 0 10 0 STP 0 5 Figure 13 5 General System 1 Menu Enter the desired hospital or facility name This appears at the top of all display screens and report pages Maximum of 34 alphanumeric characters Using the Ellipse Up Down keys choose the desired default diagnostic category To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up key 1 Rad Abdomen 2 Obstetrical 3 Gynecology 4 Cardiology 5 Urology 6 Small Parts 7 User Define 1 8 User Define 2 NOTE The default for the Diagnostic category does not change until the next power on LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 1 Setup page 1 of 11 Date Format Time Format Time Adjust Language lt gt Ellipse Cu e 1 Keyboard Tab Choose the desired presentation format for all dates displayed 1 Year Month Day 2 Month Day Year 3 Day Month Year Choose the desired presentation format for all time graphics displayed 1 24H 24 hour clock 2 12H 12 hour clock The system clock for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series is set by service personnel to the local time during the installation process If any other time adjustment is needed during the year the clock can be ch
58. amp White monitor 2 Keyboard 3 Release Button 4 B W Page Printer Option 5 Power On switch 6 Probe Holder 7 MOD Driver Option LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Console graphics cont d Figure 3 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series System 1 Rear Handle 2 Rear Panel 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Storage areas Several convenient storage areas are provided within the console as shown in Figure 3 3 Use them to store probe cables accessories etc Figure 3 3 Storage Areas 1 Storage Area LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Peripheral Accessory Connector Panel CAUTION 4 CAUTION A LOGIQ 200 PRO Series peripherals and accessories can be properly connected using the rear connector panel located behind the rear console Only the B W Page Printer UP 890 can be connected to the front accessory panel Located on the connector panel are video input and output connections recorder camera expose connectors foot switch connector power connectors SCSI bus control and service tools connections Each outer case ground line of peripheral accessory connectors are Earth Grounded Signal ground lines are Not Isolated except the Service Port All of the signal lines including the signa
59. and Annotation Comment Body Pattern z 5 0 H m z n E 0 This group of controls performs various functions related to making measurements annotating and adjusting the image information The Comment key enables the image text editor and displays the annotation library in the Setup menu After the Comment key is pressed text can be added through the Setup Menu comment library or by typing comments from the alphanumeric keyboard Turning off the cursor can be done by pressing the Set key Pressing the Clear key will erase all comments The Body Pattern key enables the pattern on the screen For more details refer to 6 15 The Measurement key is used in all types of basic measurements The Ellipse Up key is used to activate the ellipse measurement function after the first distance measurement has been set The Set key is used for various functions but is generally used to fix or finish an operation i e to fix a measurement cursor or position in zoom LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Measurement and Annotation Clear Zoom Q EN Focus Rotation A ECG Gain Q The Clear key is generally used to erase or exit functions such as annotations comments measurements and zoom Press the Zoom key to activate the zoom function For more details Fefer to 6 2 The Focus Rotation ECG Gain knob is used to rotate the probe position indicator in the
60. any probes or accessories without approval by GE Those listed in the Peripherals and Assistance have been tested and verified to be compatible with the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system 5 2 Unapproved Devices The user takes All Responsibility for connecting unapproved devices If devices are connected without the approval of GE the warranty will be INVALID Any device connected to the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series must conform to one or more of the requirements listed below 1 IEC 50 IEC 65 IEC 335 IEC 348 IEC 414 IEC 820 IEC 950 IEC 1010 1 ISO 7767 ISO 8185 ISO 8359 or IEC 60601 1 2 The devices shall be connected to PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUND LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Acoustic Output Controls Affecting Output The potential for producing mechanical or thermal bioeffects is influenced by the controls listed below refer to 17 Direct The Acoustic Output control has the most significant effect on Acoustic Output Indirect Indirect effects may occur when adjusting the controls listed on 17 Always observe the output display for possible effects Best practices while scanning Hints 4 WARNING A Acoustic Output Hazard Ima Raise the Acoustic Output only after attempting image optimization with controls that have no affect on Acoustic Output such as Gain and TGC NOTE Refer to the Optimization section of the Mode cha
61. body pattern function Otherwise the knob is used to change the focus position like the Focus keys on the keyboard This knob is also used to adjust the receive gain of the ECG signal The Trackball is used with almost every key function in this group Trackball control depends on the last key function pressed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Mode Display and Record M made B Mode 2C Q Increase Decrease Image Recall Apo Image Memory E B Reverse e This group of controls provides various functions relating to the display mode display orientation freeze gain and cine scroll The Mode Controls select the desired display mode or combinations of display modes During dual display modes the L and R keys activate the Left or Right displayed image The Depth knob controls the image display depth Clockwise rotation decreases display depth Counterclockwise rotation increases display depth The Image Recall key displays a menu of the images stored in memory After pressing Image Recall select the desired image from the Menu for display The Image Memory key stores the current frozen displayed image in system image memory Maximum number of images is 10 All images are erased when the New Patient key is pressed or there is a loss of system power The Reverse key toggles the left right orientation of the scan image LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic
62. bracket and disposable needle barrels The disposable needle barrels are available for a variety of needle sizes Needle Guide Assembly Identify the appropriate biopsy guide bracket by matching the label on the bracket with the probe to be used Orient the bracket so that the needle clip attachment will be on the same side as the probe orientation mark ridge Probe Orientation Mark Figure 14 11 Probe Bracket Alignment i e CAE Attach the biopsy bracket to the probe by sliding the bracket over the end of the probe until it clicks or locks in place Place an adequate amount of coupling gel on the face of the probe Place the proper sanitary sheath over the probe and biopsy bracket Use the rubber bands supplied to hold the sheath in place 30 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Needle Guide Assembly cont d Snap the needle clip onto the biopsy guide bracket Figure 14 12 Needle Clip Attachment i e CAE Choose the desired gauge size needle barrel Twist it back and forth to remove it from the plastic tree Figure 14 13 Needle Barrels Place the needle barrel into the needle clip with the desired gauge facing the needle clip and snap into place Figure 14 14 Needle Barrel Installation CAUTION Ensure that all guide parts are seated properly prior to performing a biopsy LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Gui
63. care when handling and protect from damage when not in use DO NOT use a damaged or defective probe Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage WARNING A Ultrasound probes are highly sensitive medical instruments that Electrical shock hazard Electrical The probe is driven with electrical energy that can injure the Hazard patient or user if live internal parts are contacted by conductive solution DO NOT immerse the probe into any liquid beyond the level indicated by the immersion level diagram Refer to igure 14 4 on 13 Never immerse the probe connector or probe adaptors into any liquid DO NOT drop the probes or subject them to other types of mechanical shock or impact Degraded performance or damage such as cracks or chips in the housing may result e Inspect the probe before and after each use for damage or degradation to the housing strain relief lens and seal A thorough inspection should be conducted during the cleaning process DONOT kink tightly coil or apply excessive force on the probe cable Insulation failure may result e Electrical leakage checks should be performed on a routine basis by GE Service or qualified hospital personnel Refer to the a A leakage check procedures LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Mechanical hazards CAUTION A defective probe or excessive force can cause patient i
64. chart below To change the type press the Biopsy key Depth in cm at Center Channel Fixed Angle Multi Angle MBX SGL 6 0cm 5 5cm 3 0cm 4 0cm Probe MES NOTE In case of the ERB probe a Grid Biopsy is provided Table 14 5 Biopsy Guide Attachment Selection Figure 14 9 Biopsy Depth Selection 28 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones MTZ Type Selection When the MTZ probe is attached and active the needle guide type selection choices are in the Image Display amp Application Setup Menu with the Biopsy Guide MTZ preset The choices are e Odeg Reusable metal guide with a 0 degree offset angle 5deg Civco disposable guide with a 5 degree offset angle e Off Figure 14 10 MTZ Biopsy Guide Smp 599 Table 14 6 Biopsy Guide Attachment Selection MTZ ERB Type Selection When the ERB probe is attached and active the needle guide e BX Guide attachment with 5 mm increments for vertical orientation 1 8 selections are available e GBX Needle Placement guide with 5 mm increments for seed implant template grid alignment LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 29 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Biopsy Guide Attachment Convex Linear Micro Convex and Sector probes have optional biopsy guide attachments for each probe The guide consists of a non disposable bracket to attach to the probe disposable needle clip to attach to the
65. control policies established by your office department or institution as they apply to personnel and equipment Devices containing latex may cause severe allergic reaction in latex sensitive individuals USA customers should refer to the FDA s March 29 1991 Medical Alert on latex products LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Device Labels Label Icon Description The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment Label Icon Purpose Meaning Identification and Rating Manufacturer s name and address Rear of console near power Plate Date of manufacture inlet Model and serial numbers Electrical ratings Volts Amps phase and frequency Type Class Label Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection IP Code IPX1 Indicates the degree of protection provided by Foot Switch the enclosure per IEC 529 IPX1 indicates drip proof e Equipment Type BF man in the box symbol Probe connectors IEC 878 02 03 indicates B Type equipment having a floating applied part Equipment Type CF heart in the box symbol ECG connector and surgical IEC 878 02 05 indicate equipment having a probes floating applied part having a degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact Device Listing Laboratory logo or labels denoting Rear of console Certification Labels conformance with industry safety st
66. decrease in the fetus number there is no need to adjust the IDs A B C or D of the remaining fetuses The same ID for the remaining fetuses can be maintained and used LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 49 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational Report Page Layout 50 The Multigestational Option adds additional pages to the Basic OB Report displays The additional pages of the Multigestational Option appear the same as the Basic OB Reporting package except the fetus identifying information will be generated for each fetus The fetal information displayed is Fetus gt POSUHHHHHHHHHE PLAC THHBHHHBHHHP Fetal ID A B C or D 96 Total number of fetuses The user can switch between different fetus report pages by moving the highlight cursor to or gt and pressing Set The user can switch within the same fetus report pages by pressing the Ellipse Up and Down Keys LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Report Page Layout cont d LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational In the Multigestational Option if the number of fetuses is more than 2 there are summary pages of the measurements and calculations based on each fetus measurement However all fetuses maximum of 4 are displayed on this page Since page one is different by region page three is also different by region selected i e USA European Tokyo University
67. depending on the preset parameter Shift and Tab moves the cursor in the same manner as Tab but to the left Return moves the cursor to the next line The Back Space key deletes the last character The Shift and Back Space keys delete the last word LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Annotation Library To reduce the amount of time spent annotating an image store often used annotations in the Annotation Comment Library These scripts can be up to 20 characters in length As many as 20 scripts can be saved for each user application preset within each exam category Library scripts for each preset are entered in the Comment Setup See Customizing Your System for details Entering Editing the Library Access the Annotation Library by activating the Comment Setup menu Use the Trackball or Arrow keys to move to the desired Annotation Library location number Type the Annotation Library name in the left side of dash Maximum four characters available Press Set or Return The reversed video will move to right side of dash Edit the desired script The 20 character space for that library location will be in reverse video Press Set or Return to complete the entry Select the next library location Continue until all edits are complete Use the Trackball or Arrow keys to highlight EXIT and press Set or Return LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 223481
68. device to sale or use by or on the order of a physician E PELIGRO Riesgo de explosi n No emplear en presencia de anest sicos inflamables Z200 v RHOI SIE ROI ASSR ORAL QSL US OIE MANUFACTURED VOLTS 220 240Vac 1 PHASE POWER 500VA FREQUENCY 50HZ DESC LOGIQ 200PRO h ETL LISTED CONFORMS TO 4 UL Std 2601 10 nr 119195 CERTIFIED TO CAN CSA C22 2 No 601 1 ETL TESTING LABORATORIES INC Figure 2 5 Regulatory Label Location America Canada Mexico Brazil LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 21 Safety Precautions Regulatory Labels European Systems Possible shock hazard Do not remove Covers or Panels Refer servicing to qualified personnel BEOBRES HEEE TERRORRIMEU C E PERLAS TETE Schlaggefahr Abdeckungen oder Verkleidungen nicht entfernen Wartungsarbeiten nur durch qualifiziertes Fachpersonal durchf hren lassen Risque de chocs lectriques La capot ne doit tre ouvert que par un personnel qualifi A NGER ALBUTE TIR Possible explosion hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics BREOBIERSSD ENREDOS ATI Rischio di scosse elettriche i pannelli di chiusura dello strumento devono essere tolti solo dal personale qualificato Poss vel choque N o remova tam
69. distance TV_DE d1 cm or mm plitude TV_CE Tricuspid Valve C E Am one distance TV_CE d1 cm or mm plitude TV_AC Tricuspid Valve A C In TV_AC t1 msec or sec terval HR Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 ute interval beat time sec Tricuspid Valve A E Ra one distance TV A E tio TV lt D E gt D lt TV_AC gt TV_DE x 100 TPR AC Tricuspid Valve PR AC two time intervals TPR AC ms or sec Interval P R TV AC Table 10 12 Tricuspid Valve M TV LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 29 2234813 100 Rev 1 Additional Cardiac Calculation Additional Cardiology Calculations In addition to the LV calculations found on page one of the Cardiology Calculations Sub Menu measurements are available on pages 2 and 4 of the Cardiology Calculations Sub Menu The three choices on page 4 are Volume Angle and 96 Stenosis Additional Cardiology Calculations are basic measurements described in detail in the Abdomen and Small parts chapters Refer to 5 for volume measurement Refer to 8 for angle measurement Refer to 9 for Stenosis measurement m Y A U Angle Steno O P Figure 10 11 Cardiology Calculations menu Volume 30 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 ECG Option Overview A physiological input panel is available for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series This panel has inputs for ECG physiological and auxiliary signals Approved accessory c
70. edge enhancement for B Mode 1 No No B edge enhancement on as default 2 Low Low B edge enhancement on as default 3 Mid Middle B edge enhanvement on as default 4 High High B edge enhancement on as default B Gray Scale Map EC UP P R Choose the default gray scale map for B Mode Enter from 1 to 10 22 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Probe Parameter 2 Setup page 4 of 11 B Rejection EC UP P R Choose the default level for rejection in B Mode Enter 0 to 40 in 2 digit increments M Gain B Delta EC UP P R Choose the default value for the M Mode gain difference from B Gain The initial value for M Mode gain is determined by B Gain Minimum is B Gain Maximum is 98 B Gain 2 increments M Dynamic Range EC UP P R Choose the default dynamic range value for M Mode Enter from 30 to 72 in 6 digit increments M Edge Enhance EC UP P R Choose the default edge enhancement for M Mode 1 No No M edge enhancement on as default 2 Low Low M edge enhancement on as default 3 Mid Middle M edge enhanvement on as default 4 High High M edge enhancement on as default M Gray Scale Map EC UP P R Choose a default gray scale map for M Mode Enter from 1 to 10 M Rejection EC UP P R Choose the default rejection level for M Mode Enter 0 to 40 in 2 digit increments Sweep Speed EC UP P R Choose the default value for the timeline M Mode sweep speed 1 Lo
71. error message OOR will occur during a two ellipse or one ellipse one distance volume calculation if the minor small axis of the large ellipse is equal to less than the major large axis of the small ellipse d1 or equal to less than the single distance measurement d2 d1 d2 Figure 8 4 Volume Calculation Error Possibilities LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Volume Calculation Formulas Input Calc Name Measurements A wedsmwe E Volume prolate spheroi two distances d1 gt d2 Vol ml x 6 xd1xd2 2 dal Volume prolate spheroi one ellipse d1 major axis d2 minor Vol ml 1 6 xd1xd2 2 dal axis Volume spheroidal Vol ml z 6 xd1xd2xd3 Volume spheroidal one distance d1 one ellipse d2 major Vol ml z 6 xd1xd2xd3 axis d3 minor axis Volume spheroidal two ellipse ellipse 1 with axes d1 and Vol ml z 6 xd1xd2xd4 32 ellipse 2 with axes d3 and d4 with d3 is not used assuming it is close to d2 d3 lt d1 d4 and d2 gt d3 d2 Table 2 Volume Calculation Formulas One distance Two distances or Three distances or one distance one ellipse and one ellipse or two ellipses Figure 8 5 Volume Calculation Examples LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Measuring Angle This function is intended to measure the angle between two intersecting planes A Vol SETI D Steno F HR G
72. for a specific area A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position s appears on the right edge of the image To Change the Focus Combination Value press the Combination key repeatedly From the default value each press cycles between SINGLE gt DUAL gt TRIPLE gt QUAD The selected value is displayed Focus number optimizes the image by increasing the resolution for a specific area Choose single dual triple or quad focal zones Changing the focus number affects frame rate The greater number of focal points the slower the frame rate Observe the output display for possible effects NOTE Frame Average is not available on frozen image NOTE The default status of Frame Average and Focus Combination can be set in the Probe Parameter 1 Setup Menu 11 B Mode Controls cont d Controls Accessing Changing Affects on Other Controls Bioeffects Acoustic Output Hazard Focus Position changes the depth at which the focal zone is optimized A graphic caret representing the focal point will move with a change in focal position To preset the Focus Position activate the Probe Parameter Setup in the Setup Menu and move the cursor to the Single Focus position and select one from eight positions To move the Focus Position up or down press Focus Up Down keys Focus position optimizes the image by centering the focal point to the depth of the area of interest Relative t
73. for slices 1 and N respectively where d is the spacing between the slices The volumes between the slices are assumed to be segments of a paraboloid of revolution where the volume between any slice n and n 1 is An An 1 d 2 The sum of the volumes between slices is Ved A1 A2 2 A2 A3 2 4 An 41 A4 2 Therefore the total volume of the organ is calculated as Vzd 9 6 A4 A2 A3 5 6 Aw LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Description Prerequisite CAUTION de CAUTION A 14 The stepper volume measurement works only in B Mode Stepper volumes are not accumulated in either B M or M Mode Stepper Volume will only be functional with a Transaxial Probe attached A stepper volume measurement begins when the first area is made while the system is in the Urology STVOL STepper VOLume function Before a Stepper Volume Measurement Make sure that Transaxial Probe is connected Stepper Volume is only functional with a Transaxial Probe connected Preset the proper Stepper Volume Increment in the Measurement Setup menu Stepper Increment Setup Ensure that the system selection matches the mechanical stepper increments to be used LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Prerequisite cont d Position the patient as required for the study indicated Insert the probe to the first scan loc
74. highest white should be bright but not saturated To adjust the Brightness and Contrast 1 Turn on the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series and display a gray scale image with a variety of echo levels 2 Access the Brightness Contrast controls by rotating the knob on the left side of the display screen 3 Rotate Brightness and Contrast knobs to minimum counterclockwise 4 Increase the Brightness until the background or monitor raster is just one shade above black 5 Increase the Contrast to display the complete or desired range of gray shades LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Adjusting the Display Monitor Brightness and Contrast cont d gt Generally speaking do not change the controls once they have been set Once set the display then becomes the reference for the hard copy device s NOTE After readjusting the monitor s Contrast and Brightness readjust all preset and peripheral settings Figure 3 9 Brightness and Contrast 1 Brightness 2 Contrast NOTE Monitor degaussing demagnetizing is done automatically when the system is turned on LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 20 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Probes Introduction Only use approved probes All imaging probes can be plugged into any of the two standard probe ports For more Refer to Probes and Biopsy chapter for more information information Connecting the Probe Probes can be connected
75. in the Probe Parameter 1 Setup LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Calculations Urology Calculations Overview Refer to the General Calculations section of this chapter for steps to perform these measurements and calculations Urology Summary Report Page The Urology Summary Report Page is provided to improve productivity and facilitate consistency in Urology procedures Hospital Name mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE Page 1 1 Ref MD MEASUREMENT VOLUME 1 VOLUME 2 VOLUME 3 LESION SITE BIOPSY YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO BASED ON VOLUME N Coefficient 1 BASED ON VOLUME N Coefficient 2 COMMENTS Figure 11 1 Urology Report Page The Urology Report page contains data measurement results of three volumes specific exam comments lesion site comments and general comments The patient and ID cannot be edited on this report page They were entered prior to the start of the exam by using the ID Name Key in the Patient Menu 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Calculations Urology Summary Report Page cont d gt There are three fields in which measured volumes are reported These volumes are obtained from the volume measurements The first volume measurement taken is recorded as Volume 1 The second and third measurements are recorded as Volume 2 and Volume 8 respectively The system wi
76. instructions After selecting the OB exam type fill in the following information after PT Name PT ID NOTE and Oper ID AGE 2 PREGNANCY ORIGIN DATA SELECTION GRAVIDA 4 PARA AB 6 ECTOPIC 7 Ref MD 8 COMMENT 9 EXIT Type the woman s age Enter 1 for LMP 2 for BBT not in USA version 3 for EDC and 4 for GA Type in the required information for category selected Type the number of pregnancies Type the number of live births Type the number of abortions miscarriages etc Type the number of pregnancies outside the uterus Type the name of the woman s physician Type any pertinent medical history with regard to this pregnancy e g diabetes bleeding Press Return or New Patient after having completed filling in this information NOTE If patient information needs to be edited use the ID Name key to display the patient entry menu for editing information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 19 OB Summary Report Formulas 20 Data concerning the formulas measurement type tables and references used for measurements and calculations was presented earlier in this section Calculation fields in this middle and bottom portion of the report cannot be edited or deleted NOTE menu GA LMP is the estimated gestational age based on the last menstrual period date entered EDD EDC LMP is the estimated delivery date based on the last menstr
77. last image to be placed into Image Memory is displayed Use the Trackball to select the desired image to recall After the recalled image is displayed image post processing can not be performed Only Comment Measurement Body Pattern Clear and Ext Video are available Press Freeze to continue scanning or press Image Recall to return to the previous system status before Image Recall was initially pressed Measurements and Calculations can be performed on recalled image e Images stored in system memory will be lost if the New Patient key is pressed or power is turned off e Images are stored in system memory on a first in first out basis maximum 10 images LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Peripheral Devices Optional peripherals enhance the recording capabilities of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series can save scan images to a variety of optional devices Available archiving options are e Black white video page printer Multi Image Multiformat camera e Video cassette recorder VCR or VTR e Magneto Optical Disk Driver MOD Driver e Black white Polaroid Camera How images are recorded depends on the desired destination Catalog No Video Signal Video SONY UP 890 H4120SR Graphic Mitsubishi P90 Printer Multi International 11E460 H4550KF Image Imaging Camera Electronics VCR SONY SVO 9500MD H4220SR NTSC AE SVO 9500MDP H
78. mm 6 dB pulse beam width at the point of maximum pulse pres Il sure squared integral or maximum mean square acoustic L pressure for continuous wave systems These directions shall be parallel and perpendicular L to the reference direc tion Pulse repetition rate for non scanning modes Isr Scan repetition rate srr for scanning modes m Zz Z Z m K H m M Output Beam Dimensions parallel and perpendicular to the reference direc Dimensions tion Arithmetic mean acoustic working frequency measured by a hydrophone placed at the point of maximum pulse pressure squared integral or maximum mean square acoustic pressure for continuous wave systems Acoustic power up fraction Acoustic initialization fraction Table 16 1 Key to IEC Table Value H m H 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables Key to Tables cont d Fame uw a m Maximum Power Maximum temporal average power output For scanning modes this shall be the total power output of all the acoustic pulses Power up Mode In systems in which the user defines the power up mode this shall be stated as either user defined or not applicable n a Initialization Mode In systems in which the user defines the initialization mode this shall be stated as either user defined or not applicable n a Acoustic Output BENE If the system ha
79. objects on the monitor EROT EDO E29 LOMEREIC EIA MITE LTEREJITEN DORA EIN LO lut Cc Keine Gegenst nde auf den Monitor legen da diese herabfallen und Besch digungen und oder Verletzungen verursachen k nnen Le moniteur risquant de s incliner ne rien poser dessus qui pourrait vous blesser Pericolo di farsi male Se si mettono oggetti sul monitor questo si inclina e c il pericolo che gli oggetti cadano e ci si faccia male Non mettere oggetti sul monitor Existe a possibilidade de ocorrer acidentes Caso algum objeto seja colocado sobre o monitor este poder inclinar se e o objeto poder cair provocando algum acidente N o coloque nenhum objeto sobre o monitor Existen posibilidades de lesiones Al colocar objetos sobre el monitor puede inclinarse el monitor caerse los objetos y causar lesiones No colocar objetos sobre el monitor GUA SIE HHS SAT EASI DIGA IZ SLI HEM BHO SM ABAD LIT USLC Figure 2 3 Caution Labels on Top of Monitor LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 19 Safety Precautions Console Labels CAUTION 20 Labels found on the back of the console will be translated to the eight languages or be specific to the region a CAUTION ER ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZI NE ATEN O ATENCI N 2 Do not use the following devices near this equipment Cellular phone radio transceiver mobile radio transmitter radio controlled toy etc Use of these devi
80. of the GYN Report Page contains patient information entered into the Patient Entry Menu 62 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Summary Report GYN Report Layout cont d The middle portion of the GYN Report Page shows the measurement values made for each type and the calculations made from the measurement The bottom portion of the GYN Report Page displays Comments area EXIT menu and Operator Message Area The two lines available for comments can be edited by the user The very bottom of the report is left for Operator Message GYN Calculation Formulas memorie OP IO Mnemonic Measurements ness Lt Ov L Left Ovarian Length Lt Ov L cm or mm Lt Ov H Left Ovarian Height Lt Ov H cm or mm d1 d1 Lt Ov W Left Ovarian Width Lt Ov W cm or mm d1 Rt Ov L Right Ovarian Length Rt Ov L cm or mm d1 Rt Ov H Right Ovarian Height Rt Ov H cm or mm d1 Rt Ov W Right Ovarian Width Rt Ov W cm or mm d1 Table 9 12 GYN Calculation Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 63 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Summary Report Measurement Averaging Page Layout The Measurement Averaging Page provides GYN measurement results and their average Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP OPE mm dd yy BBT LMP mm dd yy Page 2 3 Ref MD NOTE MEASUREMENT 1 2 AVE Uterus Length imm imm HH Ham Uterus Width mm mm r mm Ute
81. output controls are provided in the user instructions LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Implementing ALARA Methods The primary objective for any ultrasound examination is to obtain diagnostic information of sufficient quality to benefit the patient Image quality can usually be improved by increasing the acoustic output or taking more time to refine the image These same actions however will also increase the risk of harmful bioeffects when imaging sensitive tissues or when high output levels are used The operator is therefore encouraged to use the lowest acoustic output setting necessary to produce clinically acceptable data The principle of ALARA which stands for As Low As Reasonably Achievable is to keep the radiation exposure at the minimum level necessary to obtain the diagnostic information This principle is widely practiced in medical x ray protection where exposure at any level is potentially harmful Historically ALARA was initiated as a cautious approach for dealing with uncertain hazards but has since become the principle method for reducing the risk of injury from hazards that do not have safe minimum threshold While no minimum thresholds for harmful bioeffects have been established with the use of diagnostic ultrasound the principle of ALARA can be readily implemented on equipment incorporating an output display As the operator adjusts the equipment to optimize the imag
82. pr Era Ra b avenge ages Table of Contents 1 Chapter 1 Introduction System Overview 1 2 Attention slices RR RR IRR Rr 1 2 Prescription Device 0c eee eee 1 2 System Components occ 1 2 Documentation 0 00 0 c eee eee 1 3 INTFOQUCHUON ica Scenestars doce da oh re Ami nhe dae eo 1 4 General Indications for Use o ooooomomo o 1 5 ContraindicationS ccc eee eee 1 5 Who to Contact esee nn 1 6 Who TO GOnlaGL uo da ata 1 6 How This Book is Organized 1 9 Manual Content 0 00 c cee eee eee 1 9 Manual Format sese 1 11 Chapter 2 Safety Safety Precautions 2 2 Icon Description 0 eee n 2 2 Hazard Symbols 00 cece eee cece eee ees 2 3 Patient Safety 2s serbe pae miser eei 2 4 Equipment and Personnel Safety 2 6 Related Hazards 0 00 00 cece eee eee 2 6 Device Labels 0 0 00 ccc cece eee 2 8 Acoustic Output ainia enaa eee eee 2 16 Controls Affecting Output 0 0 ee eee ee 2 16 Warning Label Locations 00002e0e ee 2 18 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents Chapter 3 Preparing the System for Use Site Requirements 3 2 IMPPOGUCTION iusserit ees 3 2 Before the system arrives
83. protec o cont nua contra fogo ou choque Substitua somente com fusivel do mesmo tipo e capacidade Como protecci n continua contra descargas el ctricas e incendios reemplace el fusible s lo por orto que sea del mismo tipo y del mismo amperaje SLI ADA PIO SSL BICAI SEE FAS AISOISJAISZ PERIGO presenca de anest sicos inflam veis MODEL NUMBER 2270968 Class1 Classe1 MANUFACTURED LLL AIP L A Grounding reliability can only be achieved when this equipment is connected to a receptacle marked Hospital Only or Hospital Grade ZOMBI TERIVES h HJv 2 ici LIE Ee ico ARMENIO EMER AN 3 A CAUTION United States law restricts this device to sale or use by or on the order of a physician PELIGRO BE Riesgo de explosi n No emplear en presencia de anest sicos inflamables zo P1801 SIE XUI ABSA ORSAI SOU guste OF XE LOCATION SAMSUNG GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS KOREA 220 240Vac AMP LONG TERM 2 1A KVA PHASE DESC CISPR 11 EN 55011 CLASS CLASSE A GROUPE 1 A GROUP 1 C 0459 ETL LISTED CONFORMS TO de Std 2601 1 Gp 0 5kVA zi LOGIQ 200PRO 119195 CERTIFIED TO CAN CSA C22 2 No 601 1 ETL TESTING LABORATORIES INC Figure 2 7 Regulatory Label Location Sweden Greece Turkey Russia Denmark LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manua
84. the Report Format function SAVE Saves the old data with the values changed DELETE Clears or deletes the entire report format FS NOTE The Clear key can be used to return the menu to the previous menu through the report format menu It is impossible to select the same name on a different line 34 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To Change Report Format Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the lii i al desired measurement name to delete or change or to an undefined area to add Set Press Set The author name menu will appear as shown in Figure 13 17 SETUP MENU Report Format 03 12 98 08 40 54 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS COMMAND EXIT DELETE BPD HADLOCK HC HADLOCK OFD HC AC HADLOCK TAD AC APD AC BERKOWITZ HANSMANN KURTZ NELSON ROBINSON Figure 13 17 Author Name Menu FS NOTE It is possible to return to the previous menu through the Report Format menu Select EXIT at the bottom of each menu box and press Set LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 35 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To Change Report Format cont d 0000 SETUP MENU CATEGORY COMMAND BPD HADLOCK HC HADLOCK OFD HC AC HADLOCK TAD AC APD AC FL HADLOCK CRL HADLOCK GS HELLMAN gt UNDEFINED UNDEFINED 36 Use the Arr
85. the breach In addition GE will obtain a license for you to continue using the infringing product provide a non infringing replacement alter the product so that it is non infringing or remove the infringing product and refund the price less reasonable depreciation and any return transportation costs paid by you The above describes your exclusive remedies and our sole liability for any warranty claims You agree that GE and our representatives have no liability to you for 1 Any penal incidental or consequential damages such as lost profit or revenue Any assistance not required under our quotation 3 Anything occurring after the warranty period ends LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance oystem Care and Maintenance Overview Refer to Section 7 of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Service Manual 2138853 for any additional maintenance guidance Contact the local Service Representative for parts or planned maintenance inspections It is recommended that planned maintenance be performed on the system every six months Inspecting the System DANGER A A 9 Electrical Examine the following on a monthly basis e Connectors on cables for any mechanical defects e Entire length of electrical and power cables for cuts or abrasions Equipment for loose or missing hardware e Control panel and keyboard for defects e Casters for proper locking operation
86. the sheath inner surface and the probe aperture FS NOTE Ensure that only acoustic coupling gel is used for this purpose 3 Place the sheath tip over the probe aperture and then pull the sheath end toward the probe handle 4 Inspect the sheath LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 33 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Preparation cont d Probe Handle Probe Body Sanitary Sheath Figure 14 16 Probe with Sheath Biopsy Guide Figure 14 17 Biopsy Guide 5 Place a rubber band twist lock or clamp over the sheath end of the probe shaft Ensure the rubber band twist lock or clamp is tight around the sheath Rub a finger over the tip of the probe to ensure all air bubbles have been removed 6 Ifa biopsy is to be performed snap the metal biopsy guide on to the probe over the sheath 7 Place a small amount of ultrasound gel on the gel filled sheath tip outer surface 34 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Scanning 1 Scan the patient The probe handle orientation mark indicates the image scan plane Be sure that the Image Reverse function is Off Figure 14 18 Probe and guidezone Alignment 2 Rotate retract or advance the probe as necessary to see all pertinent anatomy 3 Ifa biopsy is being performed activate the biopsy guidezones CAUTION Scan the patient to determine the correct puncture depth and site before inserting the needle Post
87. type lowercase letters e Press Back Space to erase characters and correct errors e To change information press Return or Tab to move to the field then type over the existing information with correct information e Press Return to move to the next field e Press Tab to move forward e Press Shift and Tab simultaneously to move backwards e Use the Trackball to move the reversed cursor to the desired item e When pressing Return at the last data entry field the System returns to real time scanning e To start over press New Patient Remember user and factory defined presets are dependent upon the exam category selected when filling in the New Patient menu LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode B Mode Introduction The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series offers a wide variety of display formats Each format shows the operator valuable information relating to patient data and system scan parameters The following illustrates the basic B Mode display and the information that can be expected with this format The remaining modes and combinations of modes will highlight information that is different for that particular display Patient Name LS A Da OA ime HospitalName Operator messages Figure 5 1 B Mode Display Format 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode B Mode Display cont d Patient Name pompe T ase Hospital Name cat GE B Mode D
88. ve A C T_AC t1 msec or sec P R Interval P R t1 msec or sec Heart Rate HR BPM 120 sec 2 beat time sec A E D_AC D_DE x 100 PR AC msec or sec P R T AC beats min one 2 beat time interval two time intervals Table 10 9 Mitral Valve M MV LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic 2234813 100 Rev 1 Users Manual 23 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Aortic Valve M AV 24 Measurements found on the M AV Sub Menu are RVOTs Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Diameter at systole AOd Aortic Root Dimension ALSs Aortic Valve Leaflet Separation at systole LADs Left Atrium Dimension systole LVPEP Left Ventricle Pre Ejection Period LVET Left Ventricle Ejection Time Measurements found on the M AV Sub Menu are HR Heart Rate LA AO LADs AOd Ratio PET ET Left Ventricle Systole Time Interval Ratio Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section Figure 10 8 M AV Measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Aortic Valve M AV Formulas AOd Aortic Root one distance AOd d1 cm or mm Dimension A B Diastole Aortic Valve one distance ALSs d1 cm or mm Leaflet Seperation Sys E F tole LADs Left Atrium one distance LADs d1 cm or mm Dimension Systole C D H Right Ventricular Outflow one distance RVOTs d1 cm or mm Tract G Diameter at Systole LVPEP Left Ventricle Pre
89. 0 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Documentation j System Overview LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Documentation consists of three manuals The Quick Start Guide TRANSLATED provides a step by step description of the basic features and operation of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series It is intended to be used in conjunction with the Basic User Manual in order to provide the information necessary to operate the system safely The Basic User Manual TRANSLATED provides information needed by the user to operate the system safely It describes basic functions of the system safety features operating modes basic measurements calculations probes user care and maintenance The Advanced Reference Manual ENGLISH ONLY is intended for the trained professional user It contains all the information found in the Quick Start Guide and Basic User Manual as well as information on options advanced customization techniques and data tables The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series manuals are written for users who are familiar with basic ultrasound principals and techniques They do not include sonography training or clinical procedures LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Overview Introduction The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Ultrasound System is a high performance and compact size ultrasound imaging system intended for general purpose applications The system provides image generation in B Mode M M
90. 00 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents Chapter 9 OB GYN Exam Preparation een 9 3 Overview 0 6 n 9 3 OB Measurements and Formulas 9 4 IntroductlOn sie se ad tarta pe Rer Ede pe EE ES 9 4 OB Format Selection ooooocccccccccccocc o 9 4 OB Measurement Menus and Formulas 9 4 OB Summary Reports 9 17 OVeIVIOW cis erba arde drid 9 17 Starting an Exam ataei nce evi eae eit dente uera 9 19 Formulas 201 ceed tre sean RAS eee 9 20 Editing the OB Summary Report 9 21 Gestational Age Error Markers 00000 9 22 OB Report Layout 0000s 9 23 Measurement Averaging Page Layout 9 27 OB Anatomical Survey Page Layout 9 29 OB Trend Graph Page Layout oooccccccccccco o 9 30 OB Trend Graph Labeling 0000000 9 31 Changing OB Trend Graph Selection 9 33 Input Previous Data Page Layout 9 34 Fetal Trend Management 9 36 OVGIVIEW aT 9 36 Storing Patient Information sarro a 9 36 Growth Trending 00 cece eee eee eee 9 41 Patient List Management 00 eee eee 9 42 MGOB Multigestational 9 47 Overview 1 2 2c en 9 47 Patient Entry Menu Luseluuuseuuuseeses 9 47 Distinguishing Each Fetus 00 eee eee 9 48 Measurements Calculation
91. 00 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Controls Description Dynamic range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray thereby creating a range of gray scale that can be adjusted Adjustments to M Mode s dynamic range affects the M Mode timeline only Accessing Press the Dyn Range key to change the dynamic range To increase press the Dyn Changing Range up arrow key To decrease press the Dyn Range down arrow key Benefits Dynamic range is useful for optimizing tissue texture to differentiate between echo levels that are close together Dynamic range should be adjusted so that the highest amplitude edges appear as white while the lowest levels such as blood are just visible Values The settings cycle in 6 dB steps from 30 dB to 72 dB Dynamic range levels are returned to the preset value when changing Probe Exam category or New Patient Affects on M dynamic range operates only in real time not in freeze Cine Timeline replay or VOR Other Controls Playback Bioeffects Acoustic Output Hazard NOTE It is not possible to change dynamic range on a frozen image 20 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Controls cont d M Mode M Edge Enhance Gray Scale Map Description M Edge enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures Adjustments to M Mode s edge
92. 02 04848 CARROL SMITH 04 24 97 0037 123 67 23456 G M KIM 11 21 98 0099 124 57 90015 HARRISON T 02 11 97 0100 459 89 01034 YUJIN P 03 27 99 0102 345 67 08357 JAMES SMITH K 01 04 99 0121 670 88 99032 NICKY BLUES 07 22 98 0781 127 90 02384 SIMON BERKLEY 12 12 97 0988 127 45 09234 ROGER DEMON 04 29 96 1000 349 22 13942 KARL ARNOLD 05 05 98 1004 568 95 87624 W C CHANG 03 27 98 1005 889 86 37223 J Y PARK 09 16 90 1012 780 76 90094 JOHNNY GOODMAN 10 03 98 3490 909 10 78007 ROGER M 11 23 96 4446 668 18 18588 H Y F 01 05 99 Recall Lock List All Delete Search Unlock Select All Exit Ctrl c to cancel Set to select Return to recall Figure 12 5 Image Archive Search Menu 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Patient Search cont d Search Criteria Criteria Input Region Hints A specific MOD can be searched for patient files that meet certain criteria Refer to the criteria listed below Patient Name Maximum 29 characters Patient ID Maximum 14 characters Date Format specified in General System 1 Setup Both the Patient Search Menu and Media Search Menu have a criteria input region as shown in Figure 12 5 Type the desired name in the highlighted region Press Return or Trackball to the PT ID region Input the Patient ID Press Return or Trackball to the Date region Input the desired date Press Return or Trackball to move the cursor out of the criteria input region Spac
93. 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Circle Method cont d Measurement Clear Return e NOTE 4 Press Measurement to start the next step measurement Move the mechanical stepper to the next increment Repeat the Circle measurement steps for each necessary slice If the image or area measurement for the current slice are unacceptable press Clear Press the Return key to finish the measurement After more than one slice has been measured the current and previous slice areas volumes and accumulative volumes are calculated and displayed Use the Measurement key to toggle activation of the measurement cursors Use the Ellipse arrow keys to adjust the size if necessary A 01 dicm STVOL 4ml xA 02 cm Figure 11 2 Area Measurement Circle Method LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Ellipse method 18 Press Set to activate the measurement function Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point of the desired region Press Set The start point cursor is set and an end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the other end of the long axis of the area being measured Press the Ellipse up down arrow key A circle is displayed Press the Ellipse up arrow key to increase the ellipse size Press the Ellipse down arrow key to decrease the ellipse size Press Set The first calculation of the
94. 1 Yes Display the patient s height in inches 2 No Do not display the patient s height in inches Unit Height feet inch EC UP Choose the patient s height to be displayed in feet inches 1 Yes Display the patient s height in feet inches 2 No Do not display the patient s height in feet inches Unit Weight Kg EC UP Choose the patient s weight to be displayed in kilograms 1 Yes Display the patient s weight in Kg 2 No Do not display the patient s weight in Kg Unit Weight lbs EC UP Choose the patient s weight to be displayed in pounds lbs 1 Yes Display the patient s weight in Ibs 2 No Do not display the patient s weight in lbs OB Pregnancy Origin EC UP Choose the method for calculating estimated fetal birth 1 LMP Last Menstrual Period 2 BBT Basic Body Temperature 3 EDC Estimated Date of Confinement 4 GA Gestational Age ID Name Prohibit after Measurement EC UP Choose to enable or disable changes with the ID Name key after measurement 1 Yes ID Name key enabled after measurement 2 No ID Name key disabled after measurement 46 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure User Define Category and Key Setup page 10 of 11 SETUP MENU User Define Category amp Key 03 12 98 08 59 32 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Category Name Edit Category 7 USER DEFINE 1 Category 8 USER DEFINE 2 User Define Key User Define 1 MOD Eject User Define 2 DEFF format Us
95. 15 13 Multi Image Camera 15 15 Operator control panel 15 14 Page Printer 15 15 System cabinet 15 13 VCR 15 14 Clear 3 28 Comment 3 27 Editing 6 11 6 14 Entering 6 11 Console Labels 2 20 Control B M Gain 3 30 Cine Scroll 3 30 Depth 3 29 Focus 3 28 Rotation 3 28 Controls 3 25 Coupling Gels 14 17 CS 14 20 Cubed Method 10 8 Cursor Annotation 6 9 Biopsy Depth 5 15 Cursors 7 5 CZB 14 20 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 Rev O0 Index Index D Danger 2 2 2 6 Depth 3 29 Device Labels 2 8 Display B Mode Format 5 2 Body Pattern 5 4 Cine 5 4 Cine gauge 5 3 Date 5 3 Dual B Mode Display Format 5 23 DYN Dynamic Range 5 4 Edge Enhancement 5 4 FOV 5 4 Frame Average 5 4 GA 5 3 Gain 5 4 Gray Scale 5 4 Hospital Name 5 3 HR 5 3 ID 5 3 Image Rotation 5 9 M Mode with B Mode Display Format 5 23 M Mode 5 17 Spectrum 5 17 Multi Frequency 5 4 Operator Messages 5 3 Patient Name 5 3 Probe Name 5 3 Orientation 5 3 Scale Marker 5 5 Scroll Depth 5 5 TGC Curve 5 5 Time 5 3 Zoom 5 5 Display Format Dual B Mode 5 9 Display Messages 15 18 Dual Format B Mode 5 9 Dynamic Range B Mode 5 13 M Mode 5 19 5 20 E ECG 10 31 B Cine Gauge with ECG 10 34 ECG Default Preset 10 33 Gain 10 33 Lead Placement 10 32 Position 10 34 Echo Level Histogram 8 15 Edge Enhance 6 LOGIQ 200
96. 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images MOD Image Archive option Overview Image Archive is an option to store and recall scan images using a 3 5 inch Magneto Optical Disk The Magneto Optical Disk MOD allows for much faster and greater storage capacity than a Floppy Disk Drive FDD A DEFF formatted MOD holds 128 230 or 540 Megabytes of information more than 320 images compared to 1 4 Megabytes 3 images that may be stored on a high density floppy disk Along with the increased speed and storage capacity the user can perform measurements and calculations on images recalled from a MOD Images recorded as hard copy film do not allow for additional measurements at a later date In addition to the image archive function the MOD allows for a System Backup disk to be made in the unlikely event of loss of data in MSTE board replacement System software updates may also be accomplished much faster Archive Functions The Image Archive option allows the user to perform the following functions e Store Image to MOD e Recall Image from MOD e Patient File search of MOD e Delete a file from MOD e Format the MOD e Eject the MOD from the drive 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Media Format DEFF Press the Setup Menu key to display page 11 of 11 Using the Trackball or Arrow keys select DEFF formatting in the User Utility Menu Refer to Figure 12 4 SETUP MENU Use
97. 3 Fetal Trend Management See Fetal Growth Trend Formulas European Version 9 11 Osaka University Method 9 7 Tokyo University Method 9 5 USA Version 9 8 Measurements GS 9 15 HR 9 15 Menu 9 4 Starting an Exam 9 19 Summary Report 9 17 Anatomical Survey Page 9 29 Editing 9 21 Gestational Age Error Marker 9 22 Measurement Averaging European Version Layout 9 28 USA Version Layout 9 27 OB Graph 9 30 European Version Layout 9 31 OB Graph Selection 9 33 OB Trend Graph Deviation Labeling 9 31 9 32 OB Report European Version Layout 9 24 USA Version Layout 9 23 Overview 9 17 Previous Data 9 34 9 35 OB Format Selection 9 4 OB Measurements Procedures HIP Dysplasia 8 20 Operator intervention 16 6 Optimization ATO ROI B Mode 5 15 5 16 Guidelines 5 15 5 16 Optimizing B Mode 5 6 Os ileum 8 20 Osseous Convexity 8 20 Ov H 9 57 Ov L 9 57 Ov W 9 57 Ovarian Height 9 55 9 56 9 57 Length 9 55 9 56 9 57 Width 9 55 9 56 9 57 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO 15 Index Index P Page Printer Cleaning 15 15 Patient Entry Menu 4 3 Patient Safety 2 4 Penetration B Mode 5 10 Peripherals Connector Panel 3 8 Personnel Safety 2 6 Planned Maintenance 15 16 Post Processing B Mode Gray Scale Map 5 14 Image Rotation 5 9 M Mode Gray Scale Map 5 21 Rejection 5 22 Rejection B Mode 5 15 5 16 Power 3 15 Connection 3 15 Off
98. 3 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Adding Comments to an Image To annotate an image e Type comments where the cursor is currently located the display s home position or use the Trackball Arrow keys to place the annotation cursor in the desired location before typing e Press Return to move to the next line FS NOTE Annotations wrap to the next line when they are within one character of the right margin The word wrap starts one line below the start of that annotation Annotations appear on all prints photos and VCR recordings WORD WRAP Before After Figure 6 4 Next Line Word Wrap If the cursor appears at the right edge of the lowest line or a word cannot be completed in the lower right corner word wrap cannot be executed To annotate an image using the Library e Type the four characters as they appear in the library of the Setup Menu e Press Return e The Library script will appear on the monitor e The same word wrap principles apply for library scripts as typed comments 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Special Annotation Keys Some special annotation symbols can be used by activating the Blue Shift or Green Shift keys Green Shift does not function while Blue Shift is active Activating Blue Shift will cause the arrow female and male symbols to be printed on the screen during the comment function when the keys shown in Figure 6 5 are pr
99. 3 100 Rev 1 Freezing an Image Freezing an Image Introduction Freezing a real time image stops all acquisition of information into system memory This allows for measurements annotations printing or storage into temporary image memory To freeze an image e Press Freeze FS NOTE If both B and M Modes are active the B Mode and timeline trace stops immediately Use the Cine Scroll Control to start CINE review To reactivate the image Press Freeze again Deactivating Freeze restarts the B Mode and timeline after a black and white bar indicating discontinuity is inserted in the timeline M Mode Display FE NOTE Deactivating Freeze erases all measurements and calculations from the display but not from the report page Selecting a new probe unfreezes the image Foot Switch option Freeze Toggle Freeze on and off by pressing the foot switch Foot Switch 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Cine memory Cine functionality Using Cine Using Cine Cine is useful for focusing on images during a specific part of the heart cycle or to find an image before the patient moved or breathed Cine images are constantly being stored by the system The standard 6 megabytes of memory stores the most recent data available for manual review via Cine Timeline data is continually stored at two times the display width of timeline data and updates the corresponding B Mode imag
100. 3 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas OB Measurements and Formulas Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician When appropriate be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator s recommended clinical procedures If obstetrics was selected as the exam category on the Patient Entry Menu the OB calculation menu appears on the monitor when the Space left right key is pressed or an alphanumeric factory default direct key is pressed directly The factory default direct keys are shown in Figure 9 1 through Figure 9 4 OB Format Selection Four types of OB measurements and report pages can be edited from the Measurement Setup Report Format menu The user may choose to measure and report items based on Tokyo University Osaka University USA or European methods OB Measurement Menus and Formulas The factory default direct keys are shown in Figure 9 1 through Figure 9 4 The user should be familiar with how to do basic distance and circumference measurements as described in the chapter of this manual LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Fo
101. 30 MTZ Probe Biopsy Guide 0000000 14 33 Biopsy Probes i e RR RR RR tele ita 14 36 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents Chapter 15 User Maintenance System Data siirsin A AAA 15 2 Specifications 0 cece eee eee 15 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Clinical Measurement Accuracy 15 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Clinical Calculation Accuracy 15 6 WarranllBS ccc ccs Ri ERRARE RR IG ARE GARE RR A 15 7 Scope and Duration of Warranties 15 7 Warranty Exclusions sssssslsseslsssssseee 15 9 Exclusive Warranty Remedies 15 10 System Care and Maintenance 15 11 OVOLVIOW tai is ine ed Gein ane ad 15 11 Inspecting the System 00 cee eee eee 15 11 Weekly Maintenance 0 cee ee eee eee 15 12 Planned Maintenance 0 0 c cence eens 15 16 Troubleshooting Lee 15 17 lntrod ctlon soaess ede nhe Rb desad bien see dond 15 17 Loose cables ooocccccccccco eee eee 15 17 Display Messages sselsueeeessssssne 15 18 System Error Message Description 15 19 Operation Error Message Description 15 20 Operation Guide Message Description 15 21 ASSISTANCE soria 15 22 Clinical Questions 0 ccc eee eee mo 15 22 Service Questions osasco 0 cece eee ee ees 15 22 Literat re vicodin prb bec heh ed do
102. 34813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement cont d v Measurement Press the Measurement key to toggle the activation of the measurement cursors 0 Press the Ellipse up arrow key to increase the size of the minor Ellipse axis Press the Ellipse down arrow key to decrease the size of the minor axis NOTE Press Clear once to erase the measuring marker and the current data measured Press Set to complete the ellipse measurement and record the circumference and area B x tg pnr Press Clear a second time or after the Set key has completed the measurement to erase all data that has been measured LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Circumference Area Trace Measurement Measurement Measurement To trace the circumference of a portion of the anatomy and calculate its area Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement twice to display a dot cursor on the Screen The display on the bottom of the screen shows the circumference in cm Use the Trackball to move the dot cursor to the measurement start point Press Set to change the dot cursor to a x cursor Use the Trackball to trace the measurement area The circumference displayed on the bottom of the screen will change with the tracing NOTE Press Clear to erase the measuring marker and the current data measured and re
103. 4220PR MDD3064AP Local Driver Table 12 1 Suggested Optional Recording Devices LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Black White Video Page Printer Operations Record1 Remote control of the B W printer is limited to the print function only Adjustments to print quality are done on the page printer No status or error messages are available to be displayed on the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series There is a six second delay built in to the Record key recognition This eliminates improper operation if the Record key is pressed more than once in rapid succession NOTE Set the minimum interval in seconds between B amp W printer exposure capabilities from 1 0 to 10 in the General System 1 Setup To print an image Press Freeze to stop image acquisition NOTE Remember that Cine Scroll may be used to look at previous image frames to obtain the best image Press Record to activate the print function on the standard B W Video Page Printer For details on the page printer operation consult the Sony Operator Manual provided with the printer LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Black White Video Page Printer Operations cont d The Sony UP 890 Black and White Video Page Printer is mounted on the left side of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series under the keyboard The Sony connections are Video AC power and Remot
104. 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Warning Label Locations Overview LOGIQ 200 PRO Series warning labels are provided in eight different languages Each message is provided in English German French Italian Portuguese Spanish Korean and Japanese Monitor Labels For service personnel a temporary label is placed on the monitor face to warn not to move the monitor support arm without the monitor attached Figure 2 2 shows the actual label 18 Hazardous movement can cause serious injury Keep your head and body away from above video monitor support arm Video monitor support arm is spring loaded Releasing arm when monitor is not attached will cause sudden upward movement PRET SOTRUULICER MPFEELI 7F b OEOBITUMBUTE EFAELY DBMENT LWELWANET ES 7 LOOy ZW SL EI P LBROWLES Gefahrliche Bewegungen k nnen zu schweren Verletzungen f hren Bringen Sie nicht Gesicht oder H nde in die Nahe des Videomonitortragearms Der Videomonitortragearm ist federgelagert Entriegelung des Arms ohne aufgesetzten Monitor l t den Arm nach oben federn Tout mouvement dangereux peut provoquer des blessures s rieuses Se tenir bonne distance du bras de support ressorts du moniteur vid o Quand le moniteur n est pas mont la lib ration du bras provoquera son soul vement brutal Bruschi movimenti possono provocare ferite Tenete la testa ed il corpo lontano dal supporto del monitor quando il monitor non
105. 7 Urology Page Edit Fields 11 3 Urology Report page Constant Factor Setting 11 7 PPSA Calculation 11 5 Using the Transaxial Probe 20 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO Index ATR Probe Preparation 11 8 ATR Probe with Volume Stepper Device 11 9 11 10 Infection Control 11 10 Patient Preparation for Transrectal Imaging 11 10 Patient Scan 11 11 11 12 Ut H 9 58 Ut L 9 58 Ut W 9 58 Uterine Height 9 58 Length 9 58 Width 9 58 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User 2 1 Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index V VCR Cleaning 15 14 Volume 8 5 W Warning 2 2 2 6 Label Locations 2 18 Warranties Duration 15 7 Scope 15 7 Wheels 3 14 Who to Contact 1 6 Word Wrap 6 12 Z Zoom 3 28 6 2 Introduction 6 2 M Mode 6 4 Methods 6 3 22 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO
106. 76 4047 34 1 675 3364 22384 A B GEMDE 46 87 50 57 00 46 87 51 30 90 12228 CGRSWES 41 41 425577 41 41 421859 90 212 75 5552 90 212 211 2571 44 753 874000 44 753 696067 82 342 740 6114 82 342 746 9634 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Manual Content LOGIQ 200 PRO Se 2234813 100 Rev 1 How This Book Is Organized How This Book is Organized The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series User Manual is organized to provide the information needed to start scanning right away Detailed information is also provided for more time intensive studies e Getting started These sections give an overview of the system to help the operator start scanning as soon as possible e Introduction Information concerning indications contraindications for use who to contact and how this documentation is organized e Safety Important information concerning the safe operation of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system e Preparing the System for Use How to prepare the system for use and a map of the control layout e Preparing for an Exam How to enter patient information select an exam category e Image optimization These sections detail how to improve image trace or spectral information e Modes How to adjust and optimize B Mode and M Mode imaging e Scanning and Display Functions Information concerning Zoom Freeze Cine and Annotation functions ries Basic Users Manual 9 How This
107. 9 66 10 1 thru 10 34 11 1 thru 11 22 12 1 and 12 16 13 1 thru 13 50 14 1 thru 14 36 15 1 thru 15 28 16 1 thru 16 18 WoO oO a 24 4 4 4 4 9 AO O W W LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Revision History Index 1 thru 14 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Revision History Please verify that you are using the latest revision of this document Information pertaining to this document is maintained on GPC GE Medical Systems Global Product Configuration If you need to know the latest revision contact your distributor local GE Sales Representative or in the USA call the GE Ultrasound Clinical Answer Center at 1 800 682 5327 or 414 524 5698 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Regulatory Requirements Regulatory Requirements This product complies with the regulatory requirements of the following e Council Directive 93 42 EEC concerning medical devices the Ce 9459 label affixed to the product testifies compliance to the Directive The location of the CE marking is shown on Safety chapter of this manual European registered place of business GE Medical Systems Europe Quality Assurance Manager BP 34 F 78533 BUC CEDEX France Tel 33 0 1 30 70 40 40 e Medical Device Good Manufacturing Practice Manual issued by the FDA Food and Drug Administration Department of Health USA Underwrit
108. Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Optimizing the Image Control Layout Rapert Page lt 5 M ME li a E Jo ax 7 B 9 a E 3 A E E N je JE J J DE 200 Ono 0 Maj E UU 0 B s Ao tt E a d zB 7d EB or gt ee iO E t x 2 22 s H E 5 Pi 4 D 3 3 Figure 5 2 Controls Layout LOGIQ 200 PRO Series controls are grouped together for optimum operator convenience Mode and Display controls are on the lower right side while TGC is on the lower left side The following describes each control and selection available 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Controls Description The TGC controls are used to vary the gain of the received echoes at a specific depth Accessing Changing TGC breakpoints are proportioned to the Half current depth depth scale sE Current scan depth Decrease gt Increase 20 dB These controls compensate for echo attenuation as depth increases r 3 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Controls Controls Accessing Changing Values Affects on Other Controls Bioeffects Acoustic Output Hazard CI CES Depth controls the distance over which the B Mode images anatomy Display depth ma
109. C UP Choose to erase all comments when a change is made in scan mode 1 Yes Erase at mode change 2 No Do not erase at mode change Comment Home Position Horizontal EC UP R Choose a point on the horizontal axis for the comment cursor home position Enter 1 to 56 in 1 digit increments Comment Home Position Vertical EC UP R Choose a point on the vertical axis for the comment cursor home position Enter 1 to 26 in 1 digit increments Library 1 20 EC UP Use the Trackball or Arrow keys to move to the desired Annotation Library location number Type the Annotation Library name to the left side of the dash Maximum four characters available NOTE Duplication is not allowed Press Set or Return The reversed video will move to the right side of the dash Edit the desired script The 20 character space for that library location will be in reverse video Press Set or Return to complete the entry Select the next library location Continue until all edits are complete LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 SETUP MENU Measurement 03 12 99 08 34 11 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS COMMAND EXIT DELETE Time Unit 1 ms 2 sec Length Unit 1 1 mm 2 cm Circ Area 1 1 Trace 2 Ellip 3 Circ 4 2 Dist 5 Dia Echo Level 1 l Box3mm 2 Box5mm 3 Box7mm Heart Rate 2 1 Auto 2 Manual Add 1 week to EDD 2 l Yes 2 No GA Simul Display 1 l Yes
110. Calculations 6 Mega Byte Frame Memory std Optional 6 Mega Byte Frame Memory Measurement Calculation amp Annotations on CINE Variable Speed Display Operator Interface Full alohanumeric keyboard Body Patterns Digital Image Processing Micron imaging e Adjustable dynamic range Auto Region Of Interest ATO ROI Multi frequency Data Display Biopsy Guidelines with integrated distance measure New Patient Data Entry OB Summary Report e GYN Summary Report Urology Summary Report User Programmable Annotation Libraries for each application InSiteTMRemote Diagnostic Capability e Live application support e Remote execution of system diagnostics mage transfer 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Data Error log analysis e Scan data analysis Keystroke analysis Other Features Cine memory Temporal data storage on Memory e ECG Physio module optional Data storage on MOD optional LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Data LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Clinical Measurement Accuracy Basic Measurements The following information is intended to provide guidance to the user in determining the amount of variation or measurement error that should be considered when performing clinical measurements with this equipment Error can be contributed by equipment limitations and improper user technique Be sure to fol
111. Control Panel Map 0 go a dye ec can Modes IB p v E A Fawn a ms IE 7 k jaja aleje iwl atit n lt Controls are grouped together for ease of use For in depth information on using the controls refer to the chapter ajaj 167 amp Er ar gr jt NE are ol 0 ORTE us t 4 9 DES 00 Ne uM Figure 3 13 Keyboard Layout 25 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Control Panel Map cont d Preset Keys Patient Information Probe Preset These keys can be programmed through the Setup menu to establish a set of start up parameters TGC Controls These controls are used to adjust the Time Gain Compensation applied to the received signal Measurements and Annotations These controls are used to make specified measurements on the image or to annotate the image display Mode Display and Record These controls are used to designate display modes image orientation gain freeze and record print Keyboard The keyboard is used for patient data entry image annotation and other special functions Preset1 Preset2 Figure 3 14 Preset Keys The Preset keys are used to store user defined setup These controls compensate for echo attenuation as depth increases 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Measurement
112. D EXIT Record 1 Record 2 Printer A Port Printer B Port Service Port Start OB Report page OB Trend Graph Page EFW GP EFW USA EFW Europe EFW Tokyo OB Report Form Hadlock table OB User Table BSA Type Display Body pattern Menu Display Comment Menu Auto Patient data Search New Patient Menu Display Active Measurement Cursor General System 2 01 13 99 11 14 16 DELETE None 2 Printer None 2 Printer 3 DMC None 2 Printer 3 DMC 4 InSite Summary Page 2 Graph Page lgraph 2 5graphs Hadlock 2 William 3 Brenner Shp Wrs 2 Rch Brk 3 Hdlck 4 Grm 5 Merz TYO 2 TYO S1 3 TYO S2 4 TYO S3 Tokyo 2 0saka 3 USA 4 Europe 84 2 82 menu Oriental 2 0ccidental Yes 2 No Yes 2 No Yes 2 No Yes 2 No X mark 2 Plus mark Figure 13 6 General System 2 Menu Record 1 Using the Ellipse Up Down arrow keys choose the desired type of port or device to be controlled by Record 1 key To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down arrow key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up arrow key 1 None 2 B W 3 Archive 4 Service 5 Printer A 6 Printer B C Ellipse gt e I Record 2 No selection Black and White Printer MOD Service Port Printer A Port Printer B Port Using the Ellipse Up Down arrow keys choose the desired type of port or device to be controlled by Record 2 key To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse D
113. D HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD APD AC mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD FL HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHD HHD CRL HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD GS HELLMAN mm mm mm mm ext USA Report Page HWHDLHHD HWHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PH Af ER Ref MD NOTE PLAC MEASUREMENT 1 2 BPD JEANTY mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES HWHDHHS FL JEANTY mm mm mm mm WHDHHS EWEDHHS HHWHDHHES HWEDEHS AC JEANTY mm mm mm mm HWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES HWHDHHS HC JEANTY mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES WHDHHS TAD ERIKSEN mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES WHDHHS BD JEANTY mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES HWHDHHS OFD HANSMANN mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES WHDHHS Ft PARIS mm mm mm mm WHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES HWHDHHS GS TOKYO mm mm mm mm HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHS HHWHDHHES HWHDHHS CRL JEANTY mm mm mm mm Pss European Report Page HEWHD EHS HEWHED HHS HHWHDEHES FHWHDHHS Figure 9 12 USA European OB Averaging Report Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Measurement Averaging Pa
114. EFORE MOVING BHETSO THAI VIOBMNIIGE S 7 LEBTUNECHICDS BROT Lo Da ein Umkippen zu Verletzungen f hren kann DEN MONITOR DES GERATES AUF VOR STELLUNGSWECHSEL AUF DIE NIEDRIGSTE POSITION EINSTELLEN Pour viter le basculement accidentel de la machine BAISSER LE MONITEUR AVANT LE D PLACEMENT PREDISPORRE IL MONITOR NELLA POSIZIONE PI BASSA PRIMA DI MUOVERE la macchina per evitare rischi di ferite causate dal ribaltament Para evitar danos por deslizamentos POSICIONE O MONITOR NO SEU NIVEL MAIS BAIXO Para evitar da os por deslizamientos POSICIONE EL MONITOR A SU NIVEL M S BAJO ANTES DE MOVERLO IMA LA 945104 ODMS PISA CLAM AMAIA TLEER 9 avoid Injury by tipping over DO NOT PUSH THIS UNIT FROM THE SIDES BRET SOTHAICEM MEONED SPEEZE Da ein Umkippen zu Verletzungen f hren kann DIE EINHEIT NICHT VON DER SEITE SCHIEBEN Pour viter le basculement accidente de la machine NE PAS LA POUSSER PAR LE C T NON SPINGERE LA MACCHINA DI LATO per evitare rischi di ferite causate dal ribaltamento Para evitar danos por deslizamentos N O MOVA A UNIDADE PELAS LATERAIS Para evitar da os por deslizamientos NO EMPUJE LA UNIDAD POR LOS LADOS J719 SA RIGO MBS SAMAH SHE 2D IL CAUTION EM ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZIONE ATEN O ATENCION 29 Possible injury Placing objects on top of the monitor may cause the monitor to tilt with the falling objects resulting in injury to the operator Do not place any
115. EQUIPMENT in which protection against electric shock does not rely on BASIC INSULATION only but includes an earth ground This additional safety precaution prevents exposed metal parts from becoming LIVE in the event of an insulation failure 2 Type BF EQUIPMENT TYPE B EQUIPMENT with an F TYPE APPLIED PART TYPE B EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT providing a specified degree of protection against electric shock with particular regard to allowable LEAKAGE CURRENT b Normal Mode Single fault condition Patient leakage current Less than 100 uA Less than 500 uA 3 Type CF EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT providing a degree of protection higher than that for TYPE BF EQUIPMENT against electronic shock particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE CURRENTS and having an F TYPE APPLIED PART b Normal Mode Single fault condition Patient leakage current Less than 10 uA Less than 50 uA 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions 4 EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility CAUTION 4 1 EMC Performance All types of electronic equipment may characteristically cause electromagnetic interference with other equipment either transmitted through air or connecting cables The term EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility indicates the capability of equipment to curb electromagnetic influence from other equipment and at the same time not affect other equipment with similar electromagnetic radiation from itself This product is de
116. Ellipse area of the Stepper Volume is complete and the cursor appears again Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Move the mechanical stepper to the next increment Repeat the above Ellipse measurement steps for each necessary slice LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Ellipse method cont d Measurement Clear Return e NOTE 4 Press Measurement to start the next step measurement Move the mechanical stepper to the next increment Repeat the above Circle measurement steps for each necessary slice If the image or area measurement for the current slice are unacceptable press Clear Press Return to finish the measurement After more than one slice has been measured the current and previous slice areas volumes and accumulative volumes are calculated and displayed Use the Measurement key to toggle activation of the measurement cursors Use the Ellipse arrow keys to adjust the size if necessary A 01 cm2 STVOL Hg ml xA 02 cm Figure 11 3 Area Measurement Ellipse Method LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Trace method 20 Press Set to activate the measurement function Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point of the desired region Press Set The start point cursor is set and an end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point c
117. F Acoustic Initialization Fraction n a Maximum Power mW 70 20 54 77 82 04 lop mW cm 2 14 43 38 08 46 96 Power up Mode n n n a ye e y ye yes n n n n y a Initialization Mode n a a a a a a a a a a S S Acoustic Output Freeze Table 16 6 LD CS S317 IEC Acoustic Output Information a LAM Lus quee ges EE LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables 10L 3Cb Probe Parameter B B M B B M Mode Mode Mode Mode Ispta mW cm 15 86 1199 40 87 Ip mm 1420 1420 37 90 37 90 p Wpb amp Il mm 0 58 058 200 2 00 1 mm 0 95 0 95 457 457 rum im Output Beam Dim mm 9 00 9 00 10 20 10 20 L mm 19 74 19 74 20 45 20 45 A 91 fo E APF Acoustic Power up Fraction n a AIF Acoustic Initialization Fraction m a 74 57 Maximum Power mW 12 46 lop mW cm 2 35 76 y 7 n a E n a n a n a n a yes a a a a rom pow Table 16 7 9Lb 3Cb IEC Acoustic Output Information 1 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables ERB Probe Convex Linear Probe ERB Convex ERB Linear Mode Mode Mode Mode e fefefe 1 mm 1 75 1 75 1 60 1 60 pra se es ese see wew eee e so s Output Beam Dim mm 5 50 5 50 5 00 5 00 L mm 6 35 6 35 18 80 18 80 fu WD APF
118. GA selections Y N are not revoked even after system power on off or change of the Patient throgh the Nevw patient Menu Only measurement results in this portion of the report can be edited deleted The estimated fetal age and other related calculation fields will be recomputed and the report displayed again COMMENTS EXIT Figure 9 11 OB Report Page Bottom Portion The bottom portion of the OB Report Page displays Comments area EXIT menu and Operator Message Area The two lines available for comments can be edited by the user The very bottom of the report is left for Operator Message Comment Library is available in this area 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Measurement Averaging Page Layout The Measurement Averaging Page provides OB measurement results and their average To reach the Measurement Averaging Page use the Ellipse keys Each Measurement Averaging Page is illustrated Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PR AH ER Ref MD NOTE PLAC MEASUREMENT 1 2 3 BPD HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHD HHD HC HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD OFD HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD AC HADLOCK mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHHD HHWHDLHHD WHDLHHD TAD AC mm mm mm mm WHDLHHD WHDLHH
119. GE Medical Systems Technical Publications 2234813 100 Revision 3 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series C 0459 Basic Users Manual Copyright 1999 2000 By General Electric Co Operating Documentation 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Regulatory Requirement This product complies with regulatory requirements of the following European Directive 93 42 EEC concerning medical devices CE vaso This manual is a reference for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series It applies to all version of the 3 1X software for the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series GE Medical Systems GE Medical Systems Telex 3797371 P O Box 414 Milwaukee Wisconsin 53201 U S A Asia Pacific Latin America North America GE Ultrasound Europe Tel 49 0 212 2802 0 Kranzb hler GmbH amp Co KG BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 110560 D 42655 Solingen GERMANY Revision History Hevision History REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE 0 August 1 1999 Initial Release 1 January 15 2000 Software Version 3 02 Release 2 June 15 2000 Software Version 3 15 Release 3 November 21 2000 Software Version 3 16 Release LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER Title Page Revision History A and B Regulatory Requirements 1 and 2 Table of Contents 1 thru 10 1 1 thru 1 12 2 1 thru 2 24 3 1 thru 3 36 4 1 thru 4 8 5 1 thru 5 24 6 1 thru 6 18 7 1 thru 7 16 8 1 thru 8 22 9 1 thru
120. Method Formulas LVLd Left Ventricular one distance LVLd d1 cm or mm Length Diastole LVLs Left Ventricular one distance LVLs d1 cm or mm Length Systole LVAMd Left Ventricular Area Mitral one area by ellipse trace LVAMd a1 cm 2 Valve Diastole or circle LVAMs Left Ventricular Area Mitral one area by ellipse trace LVAMs a1 cm 2 Valve Systole or circle LVAPd Left Ventricular Area Papil one area by ellipse trace LVAPd a1 cm 2 lary Muscles Diastole or circle LVAPs Left Ventricular Area Papil one area by ellipse trace LVAPs a1 cm 2 lary Muscles Systole or circle End Diastole Volume one distance and two areas EdV ml LVLd 3 by ellipse trace or circle x LVAMd LVAMd LVAPd 2 LVAPd 3 End Systole Volume one distance and two areas EsV ml LVLs 3 by ellipse trace or circle x LVAMs LVAMs LVAPs 2 LVAPs 3 Stroke Volume two distances and four SV ml EdV EsV areas by ellipse trace or circle Cardiac Output two distances and four CO 1 min areas by SVxHR 1000 ellipse trace or circle and one 2 beat time interval Ejection Fraction two distances and four EF SV EdVx100 areas by ellipse or trace or circle HR Heart Rate beats minute one 2 beat time HR 120 sec interval 2 beat time sec MVA Mitral Valve Area one pressure half time in MVA cm 2 220 PHT terval Table 10 5 Modified Simpson s Rule Method Formulas 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100
121. NCRP Report No 107 December 31 1990 2 3 Biological Effects of Ultrasound Mechanisms and Clinical Implications NCRP Report No 74 December 30 1983 18 4 Exposure Criteria for Medical Diagnostic Ultrasound Criteria Based on Thermal Mechanisms NCRP Report No 113 June 1 1992 19 5 Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine AIUM September 1988 20 6 Geneva Report on Safety and Standardization in Medical Ultrasound WFUMB May 1990 2 7 Medical Ultrasound Safety AIUM 1994 22 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables IEC Acoustic Output Tables IEC Acoustic Output Tables Acoustical parameters represent the maximum values for a probe mode combination other parameters refer to the operating conditions which yield these maximum acoustic parameters Key to Tables mma Um memi Peak negative acoustic pressure in the plane perpendicular to the beam alignment axis containing the maximum pulse pres sure squared integral or maximum mean square acoustic pressure for continuous wave systems in the whole ultrasonic field mW cm Spatial peak temporal average derived intensity in the whole ultrasonic field Distance from the transducer output face to the point of maxi mum pulse pressure squared integral or maximum mean square acoustic pressure for continuous wave systems Wpb6
122. OGIQ 200 PRO Series can calculate BSA Body Surface Area by two different formulas depending on the method selected in the Patient Entry Setup Oriental Formula BSA m Height cm 3 x Weight g x 3 207x1074 A 0 7285 0 0188 x log Weight g Occidental Formula BSA m2 0 425 x log Weight g 0 725 x log Height cm 1 8654 x 1074 FE NOTE 1inch 2 54 cm 1lb 453 59243 g g grams cm centimeters LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis LV An alysis Measurements Cubed Teichholz Gibson Methods The Cubed Teichholz and Gibson Methods consist of B Mode or M Mode measurements Measurements found on the Cubed Teichholz and Gibson Methods Sub Menus are LVIDd LVIDs IVSd IVSs LVPWd LVPWs Left ventricular internal diameter diastole Left ventricular internal diameter systole Interventricular septal thickness diastole Interventricular septal thickness systole Left ventricle posterior wall thickness diastole Left ventricle posterior wall thickness systole Items calculated and found on the Cubed Teichholz and Gibson Methods are HR EdV EsV SV CO EF FS Heart rate End diastole volume End systole volume Stroke volume Cardiac output Ejection fraction Fractional shortening Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section BEAM LVPW B Mode GRO Y NIP M Mode Figure 10 3 Cubed Teichh
123. PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO B Mode 5 13 M Mode 5 21 Electrical Hazard 2 3 2 5 2 6 Ellipse 3 27 EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility 2 11 Endometrium Thickness 9 59 Equipment Safety 2 6 ERB 14 21 Exam Beginning 4 2 Explosion Hazard 2 3 2 6 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index Index F Fetal Growth Trend Growth Trending 9 41 Patient Management 9 42 Storing Patient Information 9 36 Fetal Heart Rate 9 15 Fetal Trend Management 9 36 Focus 3 28 Combination B Mode 5 11 Position B Mode 5 12 Foot Switch 3 10 Cleaning 15 14 Frame Averaging B Mode 5 11 Freeze 3 30 6 6 Introduction 6 6 G General Calculations Stenosis 8 9 Angle 8 8 8 9 Echo Level Histogram 8 15 Heart Rate HR 8 17 Volume 8 5 Gestational Sac GS 9 15 Gibson Method 10 8 Gray Scale Map B Mode 5 14 M Mode 5 21 Green Shift 6 13 GS OB Measurements 9 15 Guidelines Biopsy B Mode 5 15 5 16 GYN LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO Calculation Formulas 9 63 Exam Preparation 9 3 IVF Report Page Layout 9 65 Measurement Averaging Page Layout 9 64 Measurements 9 54 9 58 Endometrium Thickness 9 59 Ovarian Height 9 54 Ovarian Length 9 54 Ovarian Width 9 54 Uterine Height 9 58 Uterine Length 9 58 Uterine Width 9 58 Summary Report Layout 9 62 Overview 9 60 H Hazard Acoustic Outpu
124. PRO Series Basic Users Manual 33 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Input Previous Data Page Layout The Input Previous Data Page allows the user to input previous OB measurement data To access this page move the cursor to INPUT PREV DATA the OB Graph and press Set Each method s Input Previous Data Page is illustrated Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PR AR ER Ref MD NOTE EXAM DATE BPD HC AC FL MM DD YY cm cm cm cm HADLOCK HADLOCK HADLOCK HADLOCK 0 JAUAWNA e y Bi Bi Bi ag Bo i ie e a hy Hospital Name Oper ID IDixPptient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PR AR ER Ref MD NOTE EXAM DATE FL TAD MM DD YY cm JEANTY ERIKSON OFD Ft GS cm cm cm HANNSMAN PARIS TOKYO o oU WNE Europe Figure 9 17 Input Previous Data Page USA Europe 34 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Input Previous Data Page Layout cont d Hospital Name ID Patient ID LMP GA mm dd yy Ref MD EXAM DATE MM DD YY 0 1 OY Ui i 0 IN HS i ie de e gy OAHU i IN H El Fad H H Hospital Name ID Patient ID LMP GA YY MM DD Ref MD EXAM DATE YY MM DD 0o oU i ON H Pis ig Pii Pi ag Hy ig o oU i U0N H a gt pa i Oper ID Name Patient Name GH P Af E NOTE BPD AxT AC FL cm cm2 cm cm TOKYO S TOKYO S TOKYO S TOK
125. Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Single Plane Ellipsoid Methods Single and Bi Plane Ellipsoid Methods consist of B Mode 2D measurements Measurements found on the Single Plane Ellipsoid Method Sub Menu are LVLd LVLs LVAd LVAs Bi Plane Ellipsoid Methods Left ventricular length diastole Left ventricular length systole Left ventricular area diastole Left ventricular area systole Measurements found on the Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method Sub Menu are LVMLd LVMLs LVAMd LVAMs LVAd LVAs Left ventricular medial lateral dimension diastole Left ventricular medial lateral dimension systole Left ventricular area mitral valve diastole Left ventricular area mitral valve systole Left ventricular area diastole Left ventricular area systole Items calculated and found on the Single and Bi Plane Ellipsoid Methods are HR EdV EsV Heart Rate End diastole volume End systole volume Stroke volume Cardiac output Ejection fraction Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section LVLd LVLs LVMLd LVMLs LVAd LVAs LVAMd LVAMs 88 00 08 Figure 10 5 Single and Bi Plane Ellipsoid Methods Measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Single Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula LVLd Left Ventricular Length Diastole LVLs Left Ventricular Length Systole LVAd Left Ventricular A
126. S HELLMAN HR Vol UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED UNDEFINED Figure 13 19 A N Assignment Menu LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 37 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 A N Assignment Sub Menu EC UP The menu choices at the top allow EXIT Exits the A N Assignment function SAVE Saves the old data with the values changed DELETE Clears or deletes the entire A N assignment To Change Assignment of key MES NOTE The Clear key can be used to return the menu to the previous menu through the A N assignment menu Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the gt A desired alphanumeric key Set Press Set The Category Menu will appear as shown in Figure 13 20 To Change Assignment of key cont d SETUP MENU A N Assignment Setup 03 12 98 08 57 08 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Direct key NAME GENERAL BPD HADLOCK OBSTETRICS HC HADLOCK AC HADLOCK A S t D F G H J K L gt W E R T Pi Bing X i Or X i Figure 13 20 Category Menu 38 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To Change Assignment of key cont d DOUD desired category Figure 13 21 SETUP MENU CATEGORY COMMAND A N Assignment Setup OBSTETRICS
127. Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 The menu choices at the top allow EXIT Exits the menu SAVE Saves the old data with the values changed DELETE Clears or deletes the entire preset data 43 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To Change Analysis method Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the i y J A desired name of the Analysis method Set Press Set The sub menu will appear as shown in Figure 13 24 Move the cursor to the desired name of the calculation item Choose On or Off to calculate or not to calculate the item in the sub menu To save place the cursor on SAVE and Press Set ES NOTE If a measurement item is set to OFF calculations using that measurement cannot be computed and displayed SETUP MENU LV CUBED 03 12 98 08 37 51 COMMAND EXIT DELETE 2 0f f 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 Figure 13 24 Cubed Analysis Submenu 44 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Patient Entry Setup page 9 of 11 SETUP MENU Patient Entry Setup 03 12 98 08 59 32 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Skip Y N Ask at Enter Unit Age Year Unit Age Month 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1
128. User Define Category and Key Setup 13 47 User Utility Setup 13 48 13 49 13 50 Setup Menu B Mode ATO ROI Size 5 15 5 16 Biopsy Guidelines 5 15 5 16 Depth 5 8 Dynamic Range 5 13 Edge Enhance 5 13 Focus Combination 5 11 Focus Position 5 12 Frame Averaging 5 11 Gray Scale Map 5 14 Penetration 5 10 Rejection 5 15 5 16 M Mode Dynamic Range 5 19 5 20 Edge Enhance 5 21 Gray Scale Map 5 21 Rejection 5 22 Sweep Speed 5 22 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User 1 9 Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index Single Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 15 Smoke amp Fire Hazard 2 3 2 6 Software Option OB 9 1 Spectrum M Mode Display 5 17 Stenosis Ratio See Stenosis Storage areas 3 7 Summary Report GYN Layout 9 62 OB 9 17 Sweep Speed M Mode 5 22 S317 14 24 System Care 15 11 Specifications 15 2 System Overview 1 2 General Indications for Use 1 5 T Teichholz Method 10 8 TGC B Mode 5 7 Timeline Common Controls 5 18 Trackball 3 28 Tricuspid Valve 10 28 10 29 Troubleshooting 15 17 Display Messages 15 18 Operation Error Message 15 20 Operation Guide Message 15 21 System Error Message 15 19 Type BF Equipment 2 10 Type CF Equipment 2 10 U Urology Calculations 11 2 Procedures 11 1 Stepper Volume Calculation 11 13 Stepper Volume Formula 11 13 Using the Transaxial Probe 11 8 Urology Report Page 11 2 11 3 PPSA Volume Number 11
129. VPWs Shortening PW LVPWa x 100 Left Ventricle three distances LVM g 1 04x IVSd LV Cardiac Mass LVPWd LVIDd amp IVSd PWd LVIDd 3 LVIDdas3 13 6 Table 10 8 Left Right Ventricle M LV RV cont d LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Mitral Valve M MV 22 Measurements found on the M MV Sub Menu are EPSS D CE D DE T AC V EF P R E Point Septal Separation Mitral Valve C E Separation Mitral Valve D E Separation Mitral Valve A C Separation Mitral Valve E F Velocity P R Interval Items calculated and found on the M MV Sub Menu are HR A E PR AC Heart Rate beats minute Mitral Valve A E Ratio Mitral Valve PR AC Interval Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section oo RVAW RV gt zos G VS B A lt LVOT AML E LV aaa OS A Mi mi PCG P R Figure 10 7 M MV Measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Mitral Valve M MV Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements EPSS E point Septal one distance Separation Mitral Va Velocity Mitral Va Velocity Mitral Val tion Mitral Val tion Mitral Va Interval F E E E C FR ute PR AC val Mitral Valve A E two distances Ratio A C amp D E Mitral Valve PR AC Inter ve E F remus
130. YO S CRL cm TOKYO S Tokyo University Oper ID YY MM DD Name Patient Name AGE Gt PH AP Ef NOTE BPD FTA cm cm OSAKA OSAKA Osaka University Figure 9 18 Input Previous Data Page Tokyo University Osaka University LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 35 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Fetal Trend Management Overview Fetal Trend Management is a function of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series OB Calculation package that enhances the user s ability to monitor the development of the fetus If patient data measurements and calculations are saved during the initial examination this information can be compared to results of follow up examinations The OB Graph function can be used to display the current data or combine the current data with past data to show a fetal growth trend Storing Patient Information After an OB examination the user can save the resultant patient data to the system memory 36 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Data Storage Estimations Approximately 500 patient data can be saved When the system memory capacity is reached the message Data is full Delete needless data is displayed Saving Data Before the diagnosis is complete ensure that all patient information such as Name ID Ref MD and EDC has been entered If it has not use the ID Name key to enter this necessary information Select the OB Gra
131. Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No Unit Weight lbs 1 Yes 2 No OB Pregnancy Origin 1 1 LMP 2 BBT 3 EDC 4 GA ID Name Prohibit after Measurement 2 1 Yes 2 No Unit Age Week Unit Age Day Unit Height cm Unit Height inch Unit Height feet inch Unit Weight kg PEER ENDNNEE Figure 13 25 Patient Entry Setup Skip Y N Ask at Enter EC UP In the new patient entry menu choose to ask to erase all current patient data or not 1 Yes Do not ask automatically erase all patient data 2 No Ask to erase data Y N Unit Age Year EC UP Choose the patient age to be displayed in years 1 Yes Display age in years 2 No Do not display age in years Unit Age Month EC UP Choose the patient age to be displayed in months 1 Yes Display age in months 2 No Do not display age in months Unit Age Week EC UP Choose the patient age to be displayed in weeks 1 Yes Display age in weeks 2 No Do not display age in weeks LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 45 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Patient Entry Setup page 9 of 11 Unit Age Day EC UP Choose the patient age to be displayed in days 1 Yes Display age in days 2 No Do not display age in days Unit Height cm EC UP Choose the patient s height to be displayed in centimeters 1 Yes Display the patient s height in cm 2 No Do not display the patient s height in cm Unit Height inch EC UP Choose the patient s height to be displayed in inches
132. ables provide the proper signals to the Physiological Panel Figure 10 12 Optional Physiological Input Panel WARNING A Do not use with defibrillator LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 ECG Option ECG Lead Placement 32 The three patient ECG leads are color coded white black and green White is connected to the patient s right arm black to the left arm and green ground to the right foot often placed on the right side of the abdomen The right arm connection may change if the patient is in the decubitus position Refer to Figure 10 13 Patient in Patient in Prone Position Decubitus Position Figure 10 13 Common ECG Lead Placement Once the leads are connected to the patient and the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series the ECG waveform amplifier needs about 10 seconds to stabilize the waveform on the CRT before adjustments are made LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 ECG Option ECG Default Preset Proper ECG Filter B Cine Gauge with ECG Gain and position defaults can be preset in the Image Display and Application Setup menu Refer to 13 26 Choose the default to have the desired frequency of ECG filtering BOHz 60Hz NOTE Factory defaults already preset to minimize the noise It FS differs depending on the input power supply ECG Controls Description ECG waveform is available when the ECG Allows for the amplitude control of the On Preset is
133. am from the Calculation menu Press the Arrow up down keys or Space left right keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight Histogram and press Set The Echo Level Histogram will appear as shown in Figure 8 8 MEAN MODE HHA Figure 8 8 Echo Level Histogram LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Arbitrary Area 16 To calculate Echo Level Histogram in a Arbitrary Area Make a Circumference Area Measurement in B Mode Select Histogram from the Calculation menu Press the Arrow up down keys or Space left right keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight Histogram and press Set The Echo Level Histogram will appear as shown in Figure 8 9 MEAN MODE THES 256 Figure 8 9 Echo Level Histogram LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Measuring heart rate HR Y continued The heart rate is taken in M Mode To measure the heart rate Scan to display a B Mode image of the heart Press M Mode The M Mode cursor appears in the B Image Use the Trackball to position the M Mode cursor over the B Mode image of the heart Press M Mode a second time The M Mode timeline appears on the left side of the screen or as designated by the Image Display Setup Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Select HR from the Calculation menu Press the Arrow up down keys or Space left rig
134. andards such as UL or IEC DANGER Risk of The system is not designed for use with Rear of console explosion used in flammable anesthetic gases CAUTION The equilateral triangle is usually Various used in combination with other symbols to advise or warn the user Table 2 2 Label Icons 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Label Icon Description cont d Label Icon Purpose Meaning ATTENTION Consult accompanying Various documents is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label CAUTION Dangerous voltage the lightning Various flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle is used to indicate electric shock hazards Mains ON Indicates the power on position of Front of system the mains power switch Main power switch Indicates Main protective earth terminal Table 2 2 Label Icons cont d Mains OFF Indicates the power off position of Front of system the mains power switch Main power switch LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Classifications Type of protection against electric shock Class Equipment 1 Degree of protection against electric shock Type BF Equipment 2 Except ECG Type CF Equipment 3 ECG Only Ordinary Equipment Continuous Operation 1 Class EQUIPMENT
135. anged in this menu To adjust the time type the current time Time difference is 24HOOM 24HOOM Using the Ellipse Up Down keys choose the desired language for all displayed graphics To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up key 1 English 2 French 3 German 4 Italian 5 Spanish 6 Portuguese 7 Swedish 8 Danish 9 Russian 10 Greek 11 Turkish NOTE Language does not change until the next power on Choose the comment cursor movement desired when using the Tab key 1 Normal Eight character spaces 2 Word Next word after a space LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 1 Setup page 1 of 11 Keyboard Light Choose to turn on or off the Keyboard backlight 1 Yes Light on 2 No Light off Report Cursor Blink Choose to have the report cursor blinking or solid 1 Yes Blinking 2 No Not Blinking Report Cursor Type Choose the desired default style of report cursor desired am 1 Underscore 2 Block Operation Error Beep Choose to enable or disable the audio error beep that is heard when a keystroke error is made 1 Yes Beep on error 2 No No error beep Standby Time min The system can be set to go into stand by mode if no keyboard activity is sensed for a specific period of time 1 5 minutes 2 10 minutes 3 15 minutes 4 30 minutes 5 60 minutes 6 Inf in
136. apabilities on an ongoing basis in order to assess its utility as Edge of boarda clinical tool LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Warranties Warranties Scope and Duration of Warranties Product warranties GE warrants that the ultrasound products are 1 Free from defects in material workmanship and title 2 Conform to our published product specifications in effect on the date of shipment of the products The product specifications are available on request Patent and copyright warranty GE warrants that when delivered the products will not be subject to any valid patent or copyright infringement claim The warranty period for all warranties except the warranty of title and the patent and copyright warranty is limited in time as shown below Ultrasound Part Time Limit Ultrasound systems 12 Months components modules and upgrades Ultrasound probes and transducers 12 Months Ultrasound water path attachment kit 3 Months Table 15 2 Warranty Time Limits MES NOTE If a maintenance agreement is desired to extend coverage beyond the manufacturer s warranty please contact the local service or sales representative LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Warranties Patent and copyright warranty cont d The warranty period begins on the date the products are delivered But if GE assembles the products the warranty period begins on the earlier of
137. at any time regardless of whether the console is powered on or off To connect a probe 1 Place the probe s carrying case on a stable surface and open the case 2 Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cord CAUTION 3 DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage A 13 23 Figure 3 10 Connecting a Probe LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Connecting the Probe cont d 4 Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place 5 Pressing the clamshell gently and completely turn the connector locking handle clockwise or counter clockwise to secure the probe connector Locking method is different depending on the type of a probe refer to Figure 3 11 FS NOTE Press clamshell to push the copper spring completely and lock the connector simultaneously 6 Carefully position the probe cord so that it is free to move and is not resting on the floor lock unlock UNLOCK LOCK B El y Figure 3 11 Locking a Probe Connector 22 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Activating the Probe To activate a probe Press the Probe Select key Probe Selectt Probe Select Figure 3 12 Probe Select Key The probe activates in the currently selected operating mode The probe s default settings for the mode and selected ap
138. ation and secure it to the mechanical stepper device Refer to the Transaxial Probe Operator Manual Press Freeze to have an Image of the organ to be measured The probe should be inserted to its most cephalic position i e base of the prostate Preset the desired Area Measurement Method in the Measurement Circ Area Setup menu The selections available for Stepper Volume Calculations are Circle Ellipse and Trace method Press the Space left key to display a calculation menu on the monitor Select the STVOL calculation menu The selected menu is inverted LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Area Measurement for Each Slice Step Increment Circle Method Set Y Y Set 16 When the prerequsites listed above are satisfied make the area measurement by one of three methods circle trace or ellipse Press Set to activate the measurement function Use the Trackball to locate the cursor to the center point of the circle measurement Press Set The center point of the circle and 8 dots around the cursor appear Press the Ellipse up arrow key to increase the circle size Press the Ellipse down arrow key to decrease the circle size Press Set The first calculation of the Circle area of the Stepper Volume is complete and the cursor appears again Press Freeze to stop image acquisition LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev
139. ayback heads with a soft non abrasive cleaning system according to the manufacturer s instructions See the VCR s Operator Manual LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance Cleaning the system cont d Multi Image Camera To clean the MIC 1 Moisten a soft non abrasive folded cloth with a mild general purpose non abrasive soap and water solution 2 Wipe down the top front back and both sides of the unit For more Review the Multi Image Camera s Operator Manual for details information Video Page Printer To clean the external surface of the video page printer 1 Turn off the power If possible disconnect the power cord 2 Wipe the external surfaces of the unit with a soft clean dry cloth 3 Remove stubborn stains with a cloth lightly dampened with a mild detergent solution ES NOTE Never use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine or abrasive cleansers because they will damage the cabinet No further maintenance such as lubrication is required To clean the surface of the print head 1 Run the cleaning sheet provided with the printer through the printer For more Review the Video Page Printer s Operator Manual for details information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Care and Maintenance Planned Maintenance The following maintenance schedule is suggested for the System and probes to ensure opti
140. can be made in all modes and image formats including real time freeze and CINE Measurement values update on the display until the measurement has been completed Twenty lines of measurements can be displayed on the screen at one time LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Erasing Measurements The following actions erase measurements from the system s memory Pressing Clear erases all measurements and calculations on the display Measurements and calculations however remain on the report pages Pressing New Patient erases all measurements and calculations on the display and clears the report pages Unfreezing the image erases measurements from the display only not from the report pages Adding a new measurement that exceeds the maximum number of allowable measurements erases the oldest measurement LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Locating measurement controls Cu e 3 HL ECG Positiory e Ellipse 4 1 Figure 7 1 Locating Measurement Controls is used to move the measurement cursors Enables ellipse measurements Enables specific measurements PB WO Im Fixes the cursor for measurements or completes the measurement sequence 5 Erases measuring cursor and measurement data from the display Clears all cursors and measurements from the display 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813
141. ces near this equipment could cause this equipment to perform outside the published specifications Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment AMOI TAA FOMBERALEUITS EAL ADMIRO SIA IE BIFSCEMHOERT MBM HL RRR 272708 PEZ ARO TST NSORBOBBAT Y FEM DTA In der Nahe dieser Ausr stung folgende Ger te nicht benutzen Funktelefone Radicempt nger mobile Radiosender ferngesteuertes Spielzeug usw Der Gebrauch dieser Ger te k nnte w hrend des Betriebes Fehlfunktionen verursachen Schalten Sie die Stromversorgung dieser Ger te in der N he der Ausr stung ab Pri re de ne pas utiliser les appareils suivant c t de cet quipement Les t l phones portables les transmetteurs radios les radios mobiles les commandes distance etc L utilisation de ces appareils proximit de cet equipement peut amener equipement a fonctionner en dehors des sp cifications publi es Pri re d teindre ces appareils lorsqu ils sont a proximit de cet quipement 4h CAUTION EA ACHTUNG ATTENTION ATTENZIONE ATENCAO ATENCION o Do not use with Defibrillator BRENES e DIHA IE LUIS UZE Nicht zusammen mit einem Defibrillator betreiben Non utilizzare mai i dispositivi menzionati di seguito vicino a questo appar cchio Tel fono cellulare ricetrasmettitore di r dio trasmettitore di r dio mobile gicattoli con contr ilo di radio ecc La utilizazzi ne dei dispositivi potrebbe causare il funzio
142. cessory J Unt f Catalog number Biopsy Kit for MTZ Probe YMS Kit O Biopsy Kit for LD Probe 15G Needle Ll O das Poche Aulda Stopper Neit Biopsy Kil tor GBF Probe J14 te 1B 17 181952021 28 Wu Biopsy Kitor CAE Probe UU Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit Kit Multi Biopsy Kit for 3Cb Probe E8385RK Multi Biopsy Kit for 10L Probe E8386JA Multi Biopsy Kit for S317 Probe E8385PD Table 15 12 Probe Biopsy Brackets LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 25 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Biopsy Replacement Kits Civco Replacement for Kit E8385LC CBF CAE LH and CZB Probes Civio cleaning Brush for Kit E8323GE MTZ Biopsy Guide Replacement Kit for Kit E8385GA 10L Biopsy Guide Table 15 13 Biopsy Kits Other Disposable Replacement Kits Disposable Replacement Kit for Kit E8385LC 10L Biopsy Guide Table 15 14 Biopsy Kits 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Ultrasound Probe and Cord Sheath Sets Sterile Ultrasound Probe 20 Per Set E8385CA Sheath Set Sterile Ultrasound Cord Sheath 20 Per Set E8385CB Set Sanitary Rectal Vaginal Probe 20 Per Set E8385CC Cover Sterile Combination Probe and 12 Per Set E8385CE Cord Cover Set Table 15 15 Biopsy Sheath Kits LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Physio Accessories Accessory Un Cato number Table 15 16 Physio Accessories Patient Eletrodes Aweso
143. ck Table 1784 Hadlock 84 Table 2 782 Hadlock 82 Table 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 OB User Table Sub menu To edit a user table SETUP MENU COMMAND Table Select Dimension Standard Dev Title Author Name Note Min Data Interval 1 TABLE EDIT If the factory preset OB tables are not suitable the user can input data for five OB tables Select the General System Setup OB User Table menu The User Table Programming menu appears as shown in Figure 13 7 User Table Setup 03 12 98 08 08 58 EXIT SAVE DELETE 1 TBL1 2 TBL2 EPTBL3 4 TBL4 5 TBL5 1 1 Dist mm 2 Circ mm 3 Area mm2 SD_Age rans FF D1 Select TABLE EDIT to edit the table Figure 13 7 User Table Programming Choose the desired table number TBL1 to TBL5 Choose the the desired table dimension 1 Dist mm Distance in millimeters 2 Circ mm Circumference in millimeters 3 Area mm Area in square millimeters LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 To edit a user table cont d Choose the desired title by placing the cursor on the table title and Press Set Select the desired title from the menu and Press Set Hefer to Figure 13 7 FS NOTE The table title can be typed in Type in the desired table title maximum 5 characters P
144. cturer 3 After removing from the germicide rinse the probe following the germicide manufacturer s rinsing instructions Flush all visible germicide residue from the probe and allow to air dry LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Disinfecting probes cont d gt CAUTION Biological WV Hazard WARNING A Special Disinfecting Instructions for the MTZ To properly disinfect the MTZ probe the probe handle can be reassembled loosely so that the entire probe with handle can be immersed in the germicide solution The adjustment screw must be kept loose so that germicide can penetrate to all surfaces After immersing rotate and shake the probe while it is below the surface of the germicide to eliminate air pockets Allow the germicide to remain in contact with the fully immersed probe for high level disinfection according to the germicide manufacturer s recommended time To remove all germicide residue final rinsing should be done following the germicide manufacturer s instructions Remove excess water by shaking and allow to air dry CREUTZFIELD JACOB DISEASE Neurological use on patients with this disease must be avoided If a probe becomes contaminated there is no adequate disinfecting means Ultrasound transducers can easily be damaged by improper handling and by contact with certain chemicals Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equip
145. d Method 10 15 Bullet Method 10 12 Controls 7 4 Cubed Method 10 8 General Instructions 7 2 Gibson Method 10 8 GYN 9 54 9 58 Endometrium Thickness 9 59 Ovarian Height 9 54 Ovarian Length 9 54 Ovarian Width 9 54 Uterine Height 9 58 Uterine Length 9 58 Uterine Width 9 58 M Mode Slope 7 16 Time 7 15 Tissue Depth 7 14 Modified Simpson s Rule Method 10 12 OB GS 9 15 HR 9 15 Single Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 15 Teichholz Method 10 8 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO 13 Index Index Memory Cine 6 7 Image 12 2 12 3 Storage Space 12 2 Image Recall 12 4 MGOB 9 47 MGOB Multigestational Option 9 47 MI 14 23 MIC Multi lmage Camera 12 8 12 9 Mitral Valve 10 22 10 23 Mixed Mode 5 23 Mode Controls 3 29 Modified Simpson s Rule Method 10 12 Monitor Adjustment Brightness 3 19 3 20 Contrast 3 19 3 20 Position 3 18 Cleaning 15 13 Labels 2 18 Moving Hazard 2 3 MTZ 14 20 Multi Image Camera Cleaning 15 15 Multigestation Change Number of Fetuses 9 49 Distinguishing each Fetus 9 48 Measurements Calcs 9 48 OB Graph 9 52 Patient Entry Menu 9 47 Report Page Layout 9 50 9 51 N New Patient Beginning 4 2 Exam Category 4 5 Patient Entry Menu 4 3 Non lonizing Radiation 2 3 14 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO O OB 9 17 Calculation Formulas 9 20 Exam Preparation 9
146. d to the cardiac calculation menu This Measurement is available only in M Mode This includes Left Right Ventricles Mitral Valve Aortic Valve Pulmonic Valve and Tricuspid Valve measurement The number and type of measurements vary for each calculation The formulas used are shown in the calculation specification tables in this chapter 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Left Right Ventricle M LV RV Measurements found on the M LV RV Sub Menu are RVDd IVSd LVIDd LVPWd IVSs LVIDs LVPWs Right Ventricular Dimension diastole Interventricular Septal Thickness diastole Left Ventricular Interior Dimension diastole Left Ventricular Post Wall Thickness diastole Inventricular Septal Thickness systole Left Ventricular Interior Dimension systole Left Ventricular Post Wall Thickness systole Items calculated and found on the M LV RV Sub Menus are HR IVS PW FS STIVS LVM Heart rate Interventricular Septum Left Ventricular Posterior Ratio at Diastole Left Ventricle Internal Dimension Fractional Shortening Interventricular Shortening Left Ventricle Cardiac Mass Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section LVPW PCG ECG Figure 10 6 M LV RV Measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Left Right Ventricle M LV RV Formulas Ca
147. de is used to determine patterns of motion for objects within the ultrasound beam The most common use is for viewing motion patterns of the heart Be sure to read and understand Acoustic Output considerations for each mode refer to the Safety chapter before adjusting the Acoustic Output control or any control affecting acoustic output M Mode Display The information displayed in the M Mode format is the same as in B Mode The position of the parameters is slightly different as illustrated below ine Gauge Operator messages Figure 5 3 M Mode Display Format LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Optimizing the Timeline Common Controls Description Since M Mode is basically a single B Mode scan vector displayed over time basic controls that affect the B Mode display also affect the M Mode display TGC and depth affect both the M Mode and B Mode displays Scan area size scan area position and reverse affect B Mode only FS If the scan area size is reduced and the position changed the M Mode cursor will follow the position change to stay within the displayed scan area Accessing Changing See B Mode for details on these controls 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Controls Controls B M Gain Description Gain increases or decreases the amount of echo information displayed in an image It has the effect of brightening or darkenin
148. dezones The Procedure Biopsy A E Post Biopsy 32 Place coupling gel on the scanning surface of the probe sheath biopsy guide assembly Activate the biopsy guidezones on the system by pressing the Biopsy key on the keyboard Scan to locate the target Center the target in the electronic guidezone path Place the needle in the guide between the needle barrel and needle clip When the biopsy is complete remove the needle barrel needle clip and probe sheath Properly dispose of these items in accordance with current facility guidezones The biopsy bracket can be sterilized and reused LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones MTZ Probe Biopsy Guide Preparation To prepare the MTZ for use 1 Remove the probe from the box and carefully examine it for any damage 2 If the biopsy guide is to be attached use the filling removal tool to clean out the attachment area on the probe head Filling Removal Tool Attachment Probe Head Figure 14 15 Attachment Filling Removal 3 Clean then disinfect sterilize the probe FS NOTE Ensure that protective gloves are worn Install the sheath 1 Remove the sheath from its package Do not unroll the sheath FE NOTE Remember to rinse all sanitary probe sheaths of powder before placing on the probe Powder can degrade the displayed image 2 Place a small amount of ultrasound gel inside the sheath tip the gel is between
149. dia eee eee 3 32 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Chapter 4 Preparing for an Exam Beginning an Exam seeeeee Introduction creci eee ms Beginning a New Patient OB GYN Exam Category ssssssseese ID INaNm Lg eie rk Reed Rete Re RR ORA Chapter 5 Modes Introduction as aaia aai cee ee Optimizing the Image 2 eee eeee M MOOB o exc cow ir IMTFOQUCTION uu adas M Mode Display 000 e eee eee eee Optimizing the Timeline 005 Mixed Mode Display Formats Chapter 6 Scanning Display Functions Zooming an Image Lseese Introduction Zooming an Image occccccccccccc eee ees Freezing an Image IMTOQUCUION parasol dI Foot Switch option 0 00 eee eee USING GING sexta RO REEERX ERO EXREE E PES Introduction lsssssseseee m Accessing Cine 0000 eee cece eee ees Clie Gauge sc Run I as Exiting Cine 0 cece eee Annotating an Image Lise Introduction ue oe ca te re RR RR ER Annotation Library ssslseses esee Adding Comments to an Image Special Annotation Keys suse Editing Annotations oooocccccocccccco Body Patterns 0 cece eee eee LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 R
150. display any further measurements will cause the top first cell to be erased and the new measurement added last first in first out General Calculation Formulas Calc Input Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Area Stenosis Ratio two areas by ellipse trace Stenosis 1 Aresidual Stenosis circle 2 distance or Diameter Ajumen x 100 HR Heart Rate beats minute one 2 beat time interval HR BPM 120 sec 2beat time sec Table 3 General Calculation Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations HIP Dysplasia HIP 20 The HIP calculation assists in assessing the development of the infant hip In this calculation three straight lines are superimposed on the image and aligned with the anatomical features The two angles are computed displayed and can be used by the physician in making a diagnosis The three lines are Source R GRAF journal of Pediatric Orthopedics 4 735 740 1984 e The inclination line connects the osseous convexity to the labrum acetabulare e The Acetabulum roof line connects the lower edge of the osileum to the osseous convexity e The Baseline connects the osseous acetabulum convexity to the point where the joint capsule and the perichondrium unite with the iliac bone The Angle Alpha is the supplement of the angle between 1 and 3 It characterizes the osseous convexity The angle f Beta is the angle between
151. displayed page Displays all images on the MOD in the Patient Search Menu Erases an unlocked image file from the list A file must be unlocked before being erased Exits the Patient Search Menu Scrolls between the available pages to be displayed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Image Selection for Recall To select an image for recall from the Patient Search Menu Use the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor over one of the desired image file and press Set The image file data will be marked Use the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor over the next image file and press Set e Repeat the procedure until all of the desired image files are recalled NOTE If all the files are required for recall place the cursor to SELECT ALL and press Set Once all the desired image files are selected place the cursor to RECALL and press Set The first image is displayed The Ellipse keys are used to display the next or previous image NOTE Ifa single file is required for recall place the cursor to the desired file and press Return LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Image Recall Process MO Eject 16 During the Image Recall process from the Patient Search Menu the message In progress Please wait is displayed changing modes and inputting scan parameters are not allowed To qui
152. do the measurement Press Set to fix the Circumference value displayed on the bottom of the screen and calculate the area LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Circumference Area Trace Measurement cont d 8 Press Clear to erase all data that has been measured Ez NOTE When using the trace method the Rotation Focus knob can be used to edit the trace line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to erase the line bit by bit back from its current point LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Measurement Echo Level Measurement To make an echo level measurement Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement three times to enable the echo level function A box O cursor appears NOTE Press Clear to erase the measuring marker and the current data measured Press Set to fix the Echo value displayed Use the Trackball to move the box O cursor over the measurement area Set Press Clear to erase all data that has been measured Hints e The size of the box cursor can be changed by using the Measurement Setup e The box is actual size and will appear to get larger or smaller with changes in depth scale e The echo level measurement is only available on a frozen image 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Measurement M Mode Measurem
153. during freeze or at all times Each Body Pattern Package can be customized for each preset in the Body Pattern Setup Each body pattern in a Body Pattern Package is assigned to ten alphanumeric keys on the keyboard Figure 6 7 shows these ten alphanumeric keys Figure 6 7 shows the body patterns available to be preset and the order in which they appear in the selection cycle gt iz Jk Jie Jiv Ji Jin Jl Ji JC Figure 6 7 Alphanumeric Keys used in selecting body pattern S LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Body Patterns cont d Figure 6 8 shows the body patterns available to be preset and the order in which they appear in the selection cycle Y Left Oblique Left Decubitus Right Decubitus y 8 E gt D Yg lt 3 c o M ex Liver Mammo Prone Right Arm Poster Leg D tes Esa p Anter Leg Left Arm Left Head Right Head LAO Oo w a is Ed Es E Back Head Right Oblique Neck Left Oblique Neck Neck Pregnanc El A i amp j A ner Ei D a Es e 7 z Transverse Uterus Antiverted Uterus Retroflex Uterus Breast Left Prostate Transverse Prostate Prostate Prostate Right Vertex Transverse Sagittal Medial Sagittal Lateral V f BR Left Vertex Vertex Brow Up Vertex Brow Down Right Breech Left Breech IS 0 Breech Brow Down PLAX PSAX Mitral Valve PSAX Left Ventricle Figure 6 8 Body Patt
154. e The annotation keyboard is active after the Comment key is pressed Upon pressing Cursor Home the underscore cursor appears in the mode s home position Annotation can commence after using the Trackball to specify where the comment should start Underscore Cursor or Block Figure 6 3 Annotation Cursor in Home Position Annotations are input in type over not insert mode Be careful not to write over text when editing All annotations are permanently retained with the image However annotations are erased at power down or when Clear or New Patient are pressed In addition the display s home position can be changed preferred annotation area for each display so that all subsequent annotations begin in the same spot LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Introduction cont d Comment E Cursor Home tol Shift BackSpace 10 To start the Comment Annotation function press the Comment key Cursor Home Established in Comment Setup the cursor returns to the home position A cursor home position is established for each category by pressing Ctrl and M To delete comments press Clear Comments will be erased The Trackball and Arrow keys on the keyboard are used to move the cursor during the Comment function The Set key is used to end the Comment function The Tab key moves the cursor to the right every eight characters or to the next word
155. e CUA Composite 1 CUA 10 85 0 060 HC FL Sonographic Ultrasound Age 0 670 BPD 0 1680 AC Estimation of CUA 10 58 0 005 HC 12 0 3635 AC Fetal Age and 0 02894 BPD AC IR Pre CUA 10 33 0 031 HC FL Clinics of North 0 361 HC 0 0298 AC FL America 1990 CUA 11 38 0 07 HC FL 0 98 BPD CUA 10 61 0 175 BPD FL 0 297 AC 0 71 FL CUA 10 47 0 442 AC 0 314 FL 2 0 0121 FL 3 CUA 11 19 0 07 HC FL 0 263 HC CUA 10 31 0 012 HC 2 0 385 AC CUA 10 5 0 197 BPD FL 0 95 FL 0 73 BPD CUA 10 32 0 009 HC 12 1 32 BPD 0 00012 HC 3 11 CUA 9 5740 524 AC 40 122 BPD 2 12 CUA 10 4 2 256 FL 0 195 FL 2 13 CUA 6 8954 2 6345 BPD 0 008771 BPD 3 14 CUA 7 61 0 7645 AC 0 00393 AC 2 15 CUA 8 8 0 55 HC 0 00028 HC 3 FL AC FL AC FL AC Hadlock AJR ratio 141 979 1983 FL HC FL HC FL HC Hadlock JUM ratio 3 439 1984 FL BPD FL BPD FL BPD Hadlock AJOG ratio 141 759 1987 C Cephalic BPD OFD short distance of HC long distance of HC Hadlock AJR Index 137 83 1981 HC AC HC AC Campbell ratio BRJ OG 84 165 1977 Table 9 6 OB Calculation Formulas Part 1 USA Version 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas European Method HR o Jw Je Jn Jv Jv Ju Ji Jo Jie amp Ji Je JE Ji Ja Ju Je Je I BPD FL HC TAD BD OFD Ft GS CRL Figure 9 4 European Calculation Direct Keys Calc Input Author Mnemonic Ca
156. e Shutter Expose Print Panel of Printer Cable Assy um LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Rear Panel of B W Printer Figure 12 1 B W Page Printer Location and Connection LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Multi Image Camera MIC IIE Model 460 The multi image camera provides for the storage of still images on an 82x11 sheet of x ray film The Record keys can be programmed in the General System Setup to control the print expose function of the camera All other camera functions are adjusted by the controls mounted on the camera For details on camera operation consult the IIE Operator Manual provided with the camera Rear Panel of LOGIQ 200 PRO Series A VIDEO 1 VIDEO2 IN OUT o s WE Hz VIDEO1 VIDEO2 IN OUT os ME Hz O REMOTE COMM INTERFACE EXPOSE imm Rear Panel of Multi Image Camera BNC BNC Cable Power Cable y Figure 12 2 Multi lmage Camera Wiring Diagram LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Video cassette recorder VCR Consult the VCR instructions and the VCR operator manual provided with the VCR Rear Panel of LOGIQ 200 PRO Series B SYNC B SYNC G G S VIDEO VIDEO R H0 0 00 S VIDEO VIDEO R e 5 e o 9 9 Rear Panel of Video Cassette Re corder Figure 12 3 VCR Connections LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9
157. e available In Page 2 there are five menu selections for M Mode Analysis In addition Page 4 contains the three choices for additional cardiology calculations Refer to Figure 10 2 FS NOTE It is possible for the operator to preset the alphanumeric key assignment Cardiology Calculations Sub Menus First Layer H M LV RV J M MV K M AV L M PV Page Two M Mode Analysis Measurement Y Vol U Angle Steno O P Page Four Additional Measurement Figure 10 2 First Layer Sub Menus LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis General Guidelines Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Sub Menu The system retains as many as twenty lines of measurements The current report will be cleared and a method selection menu appears Use the Trackball to select a new LV method and press Set After pressing Set the new LV method report is displayed Auto Sequence Measurement Any cardiac measurements will be done through a sequential streamline automatically Once the measurement begins the System continues to calculate all the calculation items in the menu before the Clear key is pressed Press Clear only if it is desired to disable the system s cardiac auto measurement sequence and calculate item by item 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis BSA Calculation Methods The L
158. e enhancement function 6 Multi Freq The Multi Freq key is used to enhance the penetration function amp 7 Sweep Speed The Sweep Speed key is used to choose Sweep Speed ls Biopsy The Biopsy key is used to activate the biopsy function s Ext Video The Ext Video key is used to display the External Video on the e LOGIQ 200 PRO Series screen LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 33 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Special Key Function cont d The four Arrow keys are used to move the cursor in the S ll A Calculation mode The two right left keys are Scan Width keys Za a that are used to control Scan Width The two up down keys are Scan Width Scroll Scroll keys that are used to scroll the display up or down in the image mode The Calculation keys are used to activate the calculation CO mew Calculation The ATO key is used to change the ATO E a The Focus keys are used to change the focus position Y Dra A Focus The Cursor Home key brings the alphanumeric cursor to the very upper left corner of the available field This key is also used to activate combi focus Combi Focus 34 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls User Defined Keys User Define Desired functions can be assigned to these keys User Define 1 C 4 in the User Define Category and Key Setup menu page 10 enm of 11 Refer to 13 47 for more in
159. e image of the fetal heart Press M Mode The M Mode cursor appears in the B Image Use the Trackball to position the M Mode cursor over the B Mode image of the fetal heart Press M Mode a second time The M Mode timeline appears on the left side of the screen or as designated by the Image Display Setup Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Select HR from the Calculation menu Press the Arrow up down keys or Space left right keys as necessary to displaythe desired menu and highlight HR and press Set The HR measurement mode is set and a x cursor appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas Fetal heart rate measurement cont d 16 Use the Trackball to move the cursor to a point on the M Mode waveform where it is desired to start the Heart Rate measurement Press Set to fix the start point cursor An end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the same point on the M Mode waveform two heartbeats from the measurement start point Press Set to complete the measurement The heart rate appears on the display and is also recorded on the report page Figure 9 5 Two Heart Beat Reference LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Summary Reports Overview OB Summary Reports consist of four pages of reports The four report pages are OB Report Page Measurement Averagi
160. e quality the display interactively updates to indicate the effect on output Controls that have no noticeable impact on image quality should be set to minimize the output while controls that improve the image quality and also increase acoustic output should be set no higher than needed to achieve a diagnostic quality image 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Training and User Assistance Maintaining awareness of potentially harmful bioeffects and being able to recognize contributing conditions is essential to minimize the risk Gaining experience with the system and becoming familiar with controls affecting output will improve the user s confidence to determine the presence of risk and how to reduce it The user manual instructions and applications training are the best methods for learning these basic skills Get fully acquainted with the user manual and review it frequently Contact a representative at any time to request additional training or assistance As indicated by their titles the following references are intended to provide additional detailed information concerning bioeffects 1 Standard for Real Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment AIUM NEMA 19921 2 Implementation of the Principle of As Low As Reasonably Achievable ALARA for Medical and Dental Personnel National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
161. ea Size and select the desired default size from five defaults Increase the sector width to see a wide anatomical structure decrease the sector width to have a faster frame rate 100 88 75 63 and 55 Scan Area Size is a pre processing function As the sector width narrows the Tl tends to increase since the target is being hit more often and the MI may decrease since the peak power is reduced NOTE The default value of Depth can be set in the Probe Parameter 1 setup Menu LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Controls cont d Display Format Dual Image Rotation Description Each scan mode or combinations of Rotates the image in 90 increments modes can be displayed in dual format side by side images The Left Image and Right Image keys allow for the dual format to be displayed Accessing To initiate the dual format display press the To access Image Rotation activate the Changing Left Image key The current display mode Probe Parameter Setup in the Setup will be reduced to the left half of the image menu area To change the Image Rotation locate the Press the Right Image key to activate the cursor in Image Rotation and select one of same image format on the right half of the four directions image area Benefits Allows for viewing two images Orient image display for easy reference side by side Values System parameter displays are relocated for T
162. ed simultaneously different symbols are used to mark each fetus The symbols are Fetus Present A x B x C 8 D K LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational OB Graph cont d GE Medical Systems ID 01 13 98 LMP GA 10 23 96 GO PO Ref MD NOTE FETUS ALL Page FETAL GROWTH CURVE BPD HADLOCK AGE AO EO mm GA OPE 20WOD 102 2SD 2SD COMMAND LIST ID SAVE CHANGE GRAPH INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS EXIT Figure 9 25 OB Graph Multigestational Option USA Version Only gestational age based on operator s input is displayed for simultaneous plotting LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 53 GYN Measurement GYN Measurements B Mode o Jw Je JR Je Jb Ju Jt Jo Je Js llo JF Je JH Ju Jk Ju JE Uterus RtOv LtOv Cervix Endo LtOv Fo RtOv Fo HR Vol RtOv Figure 9 26 GYN Calculation Direct Keys Ovarian Length Height and Width The length height and width of the left and right ovaries can be measured and recorded on the GYN summary report Each measurement is a typical distance measurement made on a B Mode image in the appropriate scan plane Typically the height and width are measured on the axial plane while the length is measured on the sagittal plane 54 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Measurement Ovarian Length Height and
163. efine Category and Key Setup Category name edit menu Refer to 13 47 To navigate through the Patient Entry Menu use the Return key or the Trackball to move the cursor Input the patient name 29 characters maximum Input ID number 14 characters maximum Input any desired note 30 characters maximum Input the desired Oper ID four digits maximum NOTE Patient Name Patient ID Notes Oper ID Ref MD and Comments are common to all exam category menus Information in the Exam Category patient entry menus is considered necessary for that type of exam Fill in all information possible LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam Beginning a New Patient cont d The display units of measure for items such as weight or height can be selected from the Setup Menu New Patient Setup Choose the unit of measure on this Setup Menu e Input Ref MD 16 characters maximum e Input comment field 2 lines of 60 characters each When the previous Exam data is needed place the cursor to the Enter Past Exam Data and Press Set to display e When all patient data entries have been completed highlight Exit and press Return Set or the New Patient key NOTE If patient information needs to be edited or the exam category changed use the ID Name key Pressing ID Name allows for modification of the Patient Entry Menus without erasing accumulated patient images measurements annotations calc
164. ements Reference BPD Biperietal one distance mean mm 3 849xGx10 1 Tokyo Diameter 1 062xG 2x10 3 0 37xG 3x Shinozuka 10 5 18 304 SD mm Method 0 796xGx104 24 1 73 1996 G day Antero two distance mean cm 3 612xGx10 14 posterior 3 022xG 2x10 3 0 9234xG Trunk 4x104 84 14 29 SD cm2 0 1 Diameter 51xG 2x10 340 58 G day Transverse Trunk Diameter Abdominal circumference by mean cm 1 187xGx10 1 Circum trace ellipse 0 245xG 2x10 3 0 07xG 3x ference circumference 10 5 4 96 SD cm 0 068x Gx10 1 0 19 G day Femur one distance mean mm 2 512 Length XGx10 1 0 985xG 2x10 3 0 028xG 3x10 4 16 42 SD mm 4 8 15xGx10 342 1 G day one distance mean mm 0 4918xG 0 012 20xG 242 70 SD mm 0 01536xG 5 78 G day Estimated Four distance EFW1 gram 1 07xBPD 3 3 Fetal 42xAPTDxTTDxFL Weight G day BPD cm FL cm APTDxTTD cm2 Estimated 2 distance and EFW2 gram 1 07xBPD3 0 Fetal circumference 30xAC 2xFL Weight G day BPD cm AC cm FL cm Estimated Four distance EFW3 gram 1 07xBPD 3 42 Fetal 91xAPTDxTTDxLV Weight G day BPD cm LV cm APTDxTTD cm Amniotic four distances AFI AFI1 distance AFl2 dis Dr Rutherford Dr Fluid tance AFI3 dis Phelan OB GYN Index tance AFl4 distance Volume 70 No 3 Part 1 p 353 6 Sept 1987 Table 9 2 OB Calculation Formulas Tokyo University cont d 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Serie
165. enhancement affects the M Mode timeline only To Change the M Edge Enhance press the Edge Enhc key repeatedly From the default value each press cycles between OFF gt LOW gt MID gt HIGH The selected value is displayed Accessing Changing Benefits Edge enhance modifies the M Mode image by accentuating the interfaces between organs or vessels Values OFF LOW MID or HIGH Edge enhance status is returned to the preset value when changeing Preset Exam category New Pa tient Gray scale mapping determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray Press the Map key to select Gray Scale Map Displays the received echo levels over different ranges of gray levels For example a certain gray map may enhance mid level echoes over a wider range of grays verses high or low level echoes Allows for better differentiation between echo levels through gray levels displayed There are 10 selections of gray scale mapping This is a post processing function Affects on Edge enhance operates in real time only Other Controls not in freeze Cine or VCR playback Probe Parameter 2 Setup LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 NOTE The default value of M Edge Enhance can be set in the 2 M Mode Controls cont d Description Deletes low level echoes Sweep speed changes the speed at which the timeline updates across the display Controls Access
166. enter line marked on the probe shaft When the examination is over a Carefully remove the probe b Remove the twist lock Remove and discard the sheath C Throughly clean the probe and equipment Refer to Probes Probe Overview Chapter for Cleaning and sterilization instructions d Return the probe to its box Before needle insertion scan the patient to determine the correct puncture depth and site Only the sterile sanitary sheath rubberband or twist lock and finger cot with rubberband are on the RA probe during the pre needle placement scanning LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Stepper Volume Calculation Stepper Volume Formula Stepper Volume STVOL is the method used to calculate the volume of an organ using the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Urology software Transaxial Probe and a mechanical stepping device that moves the probe in fixed increments The calculation is based on the fact that each step or area measurement is taken at equal stepper increments The area measured at each slice is then used to compute the total volume of the organ according to the following model For N slices there are N 1 volumes between the slices plus a small volume at each end It is assumed that the small volumes of the end caps are cones with a base equal to the measured area of the end slice and height equal to the slice spacing The cones will have volumes V A d 3 and Ay d 3
167. ents Overview Basic measurements that can be taken in the M Mode portion of the display are e Tissue Depth Distance Depth Difference e Time e Time Slope Depth Difference Time Interval LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Measurement Tissue depth y 4 Tissue depth measurement in M Mode functions the same as the distance measurement in B Mode lt measures only vertical distance between points Scan the patient with a M Mode timeline displayed Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement once A x cursor with a vertical dotted line appears Use the Trackball to move the x cursor to the most anterior point to be measured Press Set to fix the start point Use the Trackball to move the second point to the most posterior point to be measured Press Set to complete the measurement The vertical distance between the two points is displayed at the bottom of the screen LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Time Measurement Measurement M Mode Measurement To measure a horizontal time interval Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement twice A x cursor with a vertical dotted line appears when the cursor is in the M Mode portion of the display Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the measurement start point Press Set to fix the first cursor Use the Trackball to
168. eport Page Sequency 60 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Overview cont d Report Page C Ellipse GYN Summary Report To activate the GYN Summary Reports Press the Report Page key on the keyboard The GYN Report Page is displayed on the monitor To change the GYN Summary Report Page Press the Ellipse up down arrow keys The GYN Summary Report Page will be changed as shown in Figure 9 28 To exit the GYN Summary Reports Move the cursor to EXIT on each display page Press Set to exit the GYN Summary Report and return to the previous exam mode LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 6 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Summary Report GYN Report Layout The GYN Report Page provides a collection of Patient Data Exam Measurements Calculations and comments Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP OPE mm dd yy BBT LMP mm dd yy Page 1 3 Ref MD NOTE MEASUREMENT CALCULATIONS Uterus Length imm UTERUS m1 Uterus Width imm RIGHT OVARY m1 Uterus Height imm LEFT OVARY m1 CERVIX m1 Right Ovary Length imm Right Ovary Width Hiram Right Ovary Height imm Left Ovary Length HHH Hmm Left Ovary Width Hmm Left Ovary Height HHH Hmm Cervix Length HHH mm Cervix Width mm Cervix Height HHH Hmm Endometrium Thickness imm Figure 9 29 GYN Report Page The top portion
169. er Define 3 Archive to MOD User Define 4 ATO Figure 13 26 User Define Category and Key Setup Category Name Edit Category 7 Type in the desired category name to be displayed in new patient Menu 7 USER DEFINE 1 Maximum 16 characters available Category Name Edit Category 8 Type in the desired category name to be displayed in new patient Menu 8 USER DEFINE 2 Maximum 16 characters available User Define Key User Define 1 4 Using the Ellipse Up Down arrow keys choose the type of function to be controlled by each of the User Define keys 1 4 To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down arrow key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up arrow key 1 None 2 MOD Eject 3 DEFF Format 4 Print A C Ellipse 5 Print B e AT 6 Archive to MOD 7 B W Printer 8 lmage Softener ED J 9 Image Rotation 10 Frame Rate 11 ATO 12 ZOOM Reference 13 RAD ABDOMEN 14 OBSTETRICS 15 GYNECOLOGY 16 CARDIOLOGY 17 UROLOGY 18 SMALL PARTS 19 USER DEFINE 1 20 USER DEFINE 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 47 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure User Utility page 11 of 11 SETUP MENU COMMAND User Utility 03 12 98 08 59 32 EXIT Backup amp Reload Preset Data Backup amp Reload OB User Table Backup amp Reload OB Trend Data Backup amp Reload Initialize Media Initialize DEFF formatting Backup and Reload Figure 13 27 User Utility Pre
170. eries Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Data System Data Specifications System Dimensions 49 inches High 16 inches Wide 26 inches Deep Display Monitor Single 12 B W Display non Interlaced Monitor Operating Display e B Mode e M Mode e Simultaneous B M Mode Measurements Distance e Circumference Ellipse Trace Area Ellipse Trace e Volume Ellipsoid e Angle Between Two Lines B Mode Time amp Slope M Mode Stepper Volume Ellipse Trace Weight Approximately 76 kg 168 lbs for fully configured console Image Processing 256 Displayed Gray Levels Dynamic Range Acoustic Zoom Image Invert amp Rotate Independent Dual Image Displays 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Linear Imaging e 3 5 7 5 MHz Convex Imaging Variable Angle 20 120 No steerable Scan Angle e 3 5 7 5 MHz Phased Array Sector Imaging Steerable Scan Angle e 3 5 7 5 MHz Calculations Heart Rate BPM M Mode Fetal Age GS CRL FL BPD Estimated Fetal Weight Electrical Power 100 115 220 240 Vac e 50 60 Hz e 500 VA Max Power Draw LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Data System Data Specifications cont d Transducer Types e Convex Array Linear Array Micro Convex Endocavitary TV TR Array Phased Array Sector Micro Convex Imaging Steerable Scan Angle e 6 5 MHz
171. erns LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Body Patterns cont d 9 A PSAX Aotric Valve Apical 2 Chamber Apical 4 Chamber Sub costal 4 Chamber Antoric Arch M e gt El B Duodenum Stomach Lung Intestine Ovary Y I E oa ies D Q a Hand Palm Dog Left E l Mr par Cat Right Cat Left Cattle Uterus Cattle Left a H Y sg Ll 4 y 3 T B x Cattle Right Horse Uterus Horse Left Horse Right Horse Front 4 El 2 Ey Horse Rear Cow Dog Sheep Cat S LV E nr rt Horse Pig Back Female Back Male Back NSX Left Side Right Side Legs Front Legs Back Blank Figure 6 8 Body Patterns cont d 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Overview Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by system accuracy but also by the use of proper medical protocols by the user When appropriate be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator s recommended clinical procedures General Instructions Measurements
172. ers Laboratories Inc UL an independent testing laboratory e Canadian Standards Association CSA e International Electrotechnical Commission IEC international standards organizations when applicable For USA Caution United States law restricts this device to sale or use by Only or on the order of a physician General Electric Medical Systems is ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certified e The original document was written in English LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Regulatory Requirements NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy The equipment may cause radio frequency interference to other medical and non medical devices and radio communications To provide reasonable protection against such interference this product complies with emissions limits for a Group 1 Class A Medical Devices Directive as stated in EN 60601 1 2 However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment is found to cause interference which may be determined by turning the equipment on and off the user or qualified service personnel should attempt to correct the problem by one or more of the following measure s reorient or relocate the affected device s increase the separation between the equipment and the affected device power the equipment from a source different from
173. ersonnel and equipment Patient Preparation for Transrectal Imaging 1 2 10 Prepare the patient An enema is recommended one hour before the exam Transaxial imaging is best performed with the patient in the supine position LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Patient Scan Using the Transaxial Probe Scan the patient The probe handle orientation mark indicates the image scan plane Be sure that the Image Reverse function is OFF If necessary rotate retract or advance the probe to see all pertinent anatomy When the probe is in position attach it to the mechanical stepping device Steps for attaching probe to stepper a Place the probe into clamp and tighten the clamp b Attach the needle placement guide C Align the probe to the needle placement guide If a needle placement is to be performed display the needle placement grid on the image screen by a Ensuring that the Image Reverse function is OFF and the Image Rotation function is 1809 b Select the desired scale factor and focus To turn the needle placement grid display OFF press the Biopsy key C Pressing the Biopsy key again will display the placement grid LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Using the Transaxial Probe Patient Scan cont d CAUTION CAUTION 12 Ensure that the arrow at the bottom center of the Needle Placement Guide accurately aligns to the c
174. ervision of physicians or qualified technicians Ensure that the following is provided for the new system e A separate power outlet with a 15 amp circuit breaker for 120 VAC USA or 10 amp circuit breaker for 220 240 VAC Europe Latin America Take precautions to ensure that the console is protected from electromagnetic interference Precautions include e Operate the console at least 15 feet away from motors typewriters elevators and other sources of strong electromagnetic radiation e Operation in an enclosed area wood plaster or concrete walls floors and ceilings help prevent electromagnetic interference e Special shielding may be required if the console is to be operated in the vicinity of Radio broadcast equipment LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Site Requirements Environmental Requirements The system should be operated stored or transported within the parameters outlined below Refer to Table 3 1 Temperature 10 40 C 10 60 C 40 60 C 50 104 F 14 140 F 40 140 F Humidity 5 90 RH 5 90 RH 5 90 RH Pressure 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa Table 3 1 System Environmental Requirements 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Console Overview Console graphics The followings are illustrations of the console Figure 3 1 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series System 1 Black
175. es View Cine images frame by frame via the Cine Scroll Control Data in Cine is available until new data is acquired Cine is stored in the system s memory and can be transferred to image memory video page printer or multi image camera Cine memory is erased when changing the following e Probe e Scan Mode e Depth e Zoom Timeline Sweep Speed M Modes Post Processing functions can be performed while in Cine such as e Measurements and calculations e Rejection e Gray Scale Maps e Edit annotations LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Using Cine Accessing Cine To access review Cine Press Freeze 2 Rotate the B M Gain Cine Scroll knob to activate Cine Rotate the Cine Scroll dial left backward and right forward to move through the images in Cine memory 4 The current frame on the Cine gauge moves and the Cine frame number is displayed on the left side of the Screen LO Cine Gauge Current Frame Figure 6 2 Cine Gauge Display 37 NOTE Cine frame number 1 is the oldest image The higher the Cine frame number the latest the image Depth dynamic range and gain parameters are valid for Cine frame number one only Cine Gauge Cine gauge graphic display can be set on or off in the Image display Setup Exiting Cine To exit Cine press Freeze 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Annotating an Image Annotating an Imag
176. es can be used as a wild card in the date entry For example MM lists everything for a specific month NY lists all in a specific year MM YY lists all within a specific month of a specific year If nothing is entered in one or more of the search criteria a list of files is displayed that match the remaining criteria entered Wild card can be used as a search criteria LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Patient Search cont d ES NOTE Images which are not stored on the GE LOGIQ series systems will not be listed by the patient search function Hints In order to perform any other function the user must wait until the search is complete or press Ctrl C simultaneously to cancel the search function If no search criteria was entered by the user a complete file listing of the entire MOD is executed Only 16 files are displayed at one time on the monitor Menu Commands The commands listed at the bottom of the Patient Search Menu can be used to manipulate the file information displayed Recall Search Lock Unlock Select All List All Delete Exit Ellipse Key 14 Recalls multi images from the MOD for display on the monitor Changes the current mode to the search criteria input mode Locks an image file A locked file has an L after it s file number and cannot be deleted while locked Unlocks an image file Selects all images on the
177. ess Set The stenosis measurement mode is set and a cursor appears e Measurement of the residual area of the blood vessel having no stenosis is first Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point of the stenosed region Press Set The start point cursor changes to a x cursor and is fixed An end point gt cursor appears Use the Trackball to trace the residual area Press Set The trace start point and end point are connected to each other and the calculation of the residual area of the blood vessel having no stenosis is complete At the same time an cursor appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Trace method cont d e Measurement of the lumen area of the blood vessel is second Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point on the vessel wall Press Set The start point cursor changes to a x cursor and is fixed An end point gt cursor appears Use the Trackball to trace the vessel wall Press Set The trace start point and end point are connected and the measurement of the lumen area of the vessel is complete The 96 Area Stenosis is displayed 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Echo Level Histogram Fixed Area To calculate Echo Level Histogram in a Fixed Area Make an Echo Level Measurement in B Mode Select Histogr
178. essed a Jm Jv b JF Jis Ju e Jv Jl Figure 6 5 Blue Shift Keys The Green Shift key enables the special symbols shown in green on the keyboard e The green symbols shown in the lower right portion of a key will print when the Green Shift is active Green symbols for foreign languages can only be used with the proper designated letters e The Green Shift key and green symbols are shown in Figure 6 5 9 1 t i y Shift ooo Figure 6 6 Green Shift Keys LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Editing Annotations On screen annotations can be revised Revisions can be accomplished by adding or deleting text or completely removing all annotations by pressing Clear Editing while annotating gt 14 Back space over any error s made Blank spaces take the place of the letter s that was there Continue typing the annotation after back spacing over all incorrect letters NOTE Text does not adjust automatically To delete previous character s e Press Back space as many times as necessary to make the deletion e Retype the annotation from the point where back spacing was stopped e Position the cursor and type over existing text To move through the text eight characters at a time e Press Tab to move to the right Preset Keyboard Tab Normal e Press Shift and Tab to move to the left To move throug
179. ev 1 Table of Contents 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 6 4 6 5 2 5 2 5 6 5 17 5 17 5 17 5 18 5 23 6 13 6 14 6 15 Table of Contents Chapter 7 General Measurements and Calculations Introd uctlon e susce ohh ces 7 2 O saiit na eer o dw diane Goa I Qala d halle 7 2 General Instructions 00 0000 c cece eee eee 7 2 Erasing Measurements 000 cence eee es 7 3 Locating measurement controls uuu 7 4 Measurement Key 00 cece eee ee esee 7 5 QUISO ess e kh a eeud ache Gudb NOR RR UR RR ae 7 5 B Mode Measurements 7 6 Distance Measurement 00002e eee eens 7 6 Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement 7 8 Circumference Area Trace Measurement 7 10 Echo Level Measurement 000 eee 7 12 M Mode Measurements 7 13 SUMMER 7 13 Tissue depth ossis de ERE EORR eem RE 7 14 TIME os 715 A tesa Rad aoa nae adele ada 7 16 Chapter 8 Abdomen and Small Parts General Calculations 8 2 OUI M 8 2 Measuring Volume 0 ee eee eee ees 8 5 Measuring Angle 00 cee eee eee eee 8 8 Measuring Stenosis Area Ratio 96 stenosis 8 9 Echo Level Histogram lesser 8 15 Measuring heart rate HR oooccccccccccccoo o 8 17 Helpful hints ss aprons ttn urr aer RNEER eee 8 19 General Calculation Formulas Lue 8 19 4 LOGIQ 2
180. eys choose the default probe to be used in the preset category To choose the next menu selection press the Ellipse Down arrow key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up arrow key 1 None 2 CBF 3 CAE 4 CZB 5 MTZ 6 LH 7 LE 8 LB 9 LD 10 LI 11 LT 12 8 13 ERBL 14 ERBC 15 8317 16 10L 17 3Cb 18 S611 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Body Pattern Setup page 6 of 11 SETUP MENU Body Pattern 03 12 98 08 29 23 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Body Pattern Erase at Display Change 1 Yes 2 N0 Body Pattern Erase at Probe Change 2 1 Yes 2 No Body Pattern Erase at Unfreeze 2 1 Yes 2 No Body Pattern Copy to Active Side 1 1 Yes 2 No Body Pattern Probe Mark Preset 1 1 Yes 2 No Body Pattern Structure 189858888 82 Figure 13 12 Body Pattern Setup Menu Body Pattern Erase at Display Change EC UP Choose to erase the displayed body pattern when a display mode is changed or have the body pattern remain after the display mode changes 1 Yes Body pattern is erased 2 No Body pattern remains Body Pattern Erase at Probe Change EC UP Choose to erase the displayed body pattern when a probe is changed or have the body pattern remain after a probe change 1 Yes Body pattern is erased 2 No Body pattern remains Body Pattern Erase at Unfreeze EC UP Choose to erase the body pattern when the system exits the free
181. finity never Setup Image Background Choose to display the image under the Setup menu 1 Yes Image displayed 1 No Image not displayed 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 1 Setup page 1 of 11 Mask Image Characters Choose to mask disable the graphic characters on the image display 1 Yes Graphics displayed 2 No Graphics not displayed Power On Memory Test Choose to turn on or off the system memory test operation at power up 1 Yes Run test 2 No Do not run test Record Mask Message Line Mask or hide the operator message area on the display during the record function 1 Yes Message will be displayed during record 2 No Message will not show during record Record Report Video Invert Send calculation summary report video to the print device in inverse reverse video 1 Yes Send inverse video to the printer 2 No Do not send inverse video to the printer B amp W Printer Exposure Pulse Length msec Set the exposure pulse length needed to trigger the B amp W printer print function Choose from 50 to 500 ms in 50 ms intervals B amp W Printer Exposure Min Interval sec Set the minimum interval in seconds between B amp W printer exposure capabilities Choose from 1 to 10 in 0 5 sec intervals LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 SETUP MENU COMMAN
182. for frequent and easy reference Extensive tool that presents ideas topics terms titles headings and cross references Also use it to find all entries of a like topic throughout the manual The right column contains text the left column contains headers and graphics to highlight the text Graphics provide a visual guide to the text when possible Turn rotary knobs to the left counterclockwise and right clockwise LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 How This Book Is Organized Finding information cont d ess O gm Move TGC slidepots to the left and right Move the Trackball around with the palm of a hand or fingertips Notes Notes are set in italics Icons Various icons highlight safety issues DANGER A WARNING A CAUTION A FE Indicates precautions or prudent use recommendations that should be used in the operation of the ultrasound system References References to other chapters appear in italics Hints Scanning hints help save time 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Safety Precautions Icon Description Various levels of safety precautions may be found on the equipment and different levels of concern are identified by one of the following flag words which precede the precautionary statement DANGER Indicates that a specific hazard is known to exist
183. format for screen B Mode with M Mode guidezone 1 Yes Full screen B Mode format with M Mode guidezone as default 2 No No Full screen B Mode format with M Mode guidezone as default M Display Format Large B EC UP Choose to enable the display format for M Mode display with Large B Mode 1 Yes Side by Side format with Large B Mode left side and M Mode right side 2 No No Side by Side format with Large B Mode left side and M Mode right side 24 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Image Display amp Application Setup page 5 of 11 M Display Format Small B EC UP Choose to enable the display format for M Mode display with Small B Mode 1 Yes Side by Side format with Small B Mode left side and M Mode right side 2 No No Side by Side format with small B Mode left side and M Mode right side M Display Format Full M EC UP R Choose to enable the display for full screen M Mode 1 Yes Full screen M Mode display format 2 No No full screen M Mode display format B Scale Mark EC UP Choose as a default what scale marks will be displayed in B Mode 1 Dep Wid Depth and width marks 2 Dep Depth marks only 3 Comb Combination mode M Scale Mark EC UP Choose the method to display scale markers in M Mode 1 Tim Dep Time horizontal and depth vertical 2 Tim Time horizontal only B Focus Dual Mark EC UP Choose to display focus markers on both dual B Mode images o
184. formation C 0C User Define4 C 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 35 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam Introduction Beginning an Exam Begin an exam by entering new patient information The operator should enter as much information as possible such as Exam category e Patient name e Patient ID e Comments e Other patient demographic information The patient s name and ID number is retained with each patient s image and transferred with each image during archiving or hard copy printing Beginning a New Patient New Patient The New Patient key should be pressed at the beginning of each patient study Pressing this key automatically erases all patient data annotations measurements calculations and summary report pages A preset parameter in the Patient Entry Setup menu can be set to prompt the user if they wish to erase all data or not LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam Beginning a New Patient cont d CAUTION A Enter patient data with the alohanumeric keyboard The Setup Menu automatically defaults to the last exam preset top menu when New Patient is pressed A diagnostic region can be selected from the Preset sub menus to provide a suitable starting point for system scan parameters NOTE Oper ID and Ref MD will not be erased To avoid patient identification errors always verify the information with the patient Make su
185. g cont d a f pe gt gt gt em 7 a qeem Tokyo S Shinozuka CRL BPD FL AC AxT APTDxTTD EFW e eem CAMI EC Je peu c qe pci CO CA RN RE NN m e me OL wm mos 7770 A fpe CLICA MA lt A eee eee ee Table 9 11 OB Graph Deviation Labeling 32 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Changing OB Trend Graph Selection To change the graph With the OB Trend Graph displayed CHANGE GRAPH will be in reverse video Press Set The graphic is deleted and a measurement selection menu appears The Measurement Selection Menu is shown in Figure 9 16 Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Name AGE LMP GA mm dd yy BBT GA GH PH AS EH Ref MD NOTE Page 4 4 FETAL GROWTH CURVE CRL JEANTY BPD JEANTY GA OPE W D FL JEANTY AC JEANTY CRL mm HC JEANTY TAD ERIKSEN GA CRL W HD BD JEANTY OFD HANSMANN EDD CRL yy mm dd Ft PARIS GS TOKYO CRL JEANTY INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS Figure 9 16 European OB Trend Graph Change Selection Use the Trackball to select the desired measurement value Set Press Set The new measurements calculations and graphic are displayed The summary report can be saved like any ultrasound image Once it is displayed on the screen it can be recorded on the VCR printed on the B W page printer or photographed by the multi image camera LOGIQ 200
186. g all displayed echoes at any depth Accessing Turn the B M Gain control to adjust gain Gain values change depending on the probe they Changing are not associated with a particular position of the key Changing the gain while in M Mode does not affect the B Mode image gain To increase gain turn the B M Gain dial clockwise To decrease gain turn the B M Gain dial counterclockwise Benefits Gain allows for the balance of echo contrast so that cystic structures appear echo free and reflecting tissue fills in Values M Gain is displayed on the monitor in dB M Gain increments are available every 2 dB The range of M Gain is depending on the B Gain The maximum is 98 B Gain and the minimum is B Gain Affects on After adjusting the acoustic output there may be a need to adjust gain Generally Other Controls speaking if acoustic output increases the gain may need to decrease a decrease in acoustic output may require an increase in gain Gain and TGC interact by adding together Gain changes overall echo amplification while TGC changes amplification at specific depths Gain has no affect on acoustic output However with increased gain the output level Bioeffects can usually be reduced to produce equivalent image quality Acoustic Output Hazard NOTE Gain cannot be changed on a frozen image NOTE The default value of M Gain and M Dynamic Range can be set in the Probe Parameter 2 Setup IT LOGIQ 2
187. ge 8 of 11 Patient Entry Setup page 9 of 11 User Define Category and Key Setup page 10 of 11 User Utility page 11 of 11 sslueuuue LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents 11 2 11 2 11 2 11 8 11 8 11 9 11 13 11 18 11 14 11 14 11 16 Table of Contents Chapter 14 Probes and Biopsy Probe Overview s lees nnn 14 2 Ergonorml6S divi aa de 14 2 Applications iile ite Menthe tee dere be e n 145 Specifications iapa e o 14 6 Connecting and Disconnecting a Probe 14 7 Care and Maintenance 0c0eeee eee ee 14 8 Probe Safety 00 ccc eee cece eee eee 14 9 Probe handling and infection control 14 11 Coupling gels ooooocccccococccnr eee 14 17 Planned Maintenance ssssssssssn 14 17 Probe Discussion uci ss wis ana rh Rn 14 18 Introduction saire knra E eee 14 18 Curved Array Convex Probes 20005 14 19 Linear Array Probes 00 eee eee eee eee 14 22 Sector Array Probes 0000 cece 14 24 Biopsy Special Concerns 14 25 Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures 14 25 GUIdEZONES 2 in rh hir 14 27 Biopsy Procedure ssssssssseseseesssess 14 27 Needle Guide Type Selection Luuuue 14 28 Biopsy Guide Attachment suluuuuusue 14
188. ge Layout cont d Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PH Ad Ref MD NOTE PLAC MEASUREMENT 1 2 3 BPD TOKYO S mm mm i mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD HH WHDLHHSD W D SD AxT TOKYO S mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD HHWHDLHHSD HEWEEDHEHESD AC TOKYO S mm mm mm i mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD W DE SD FL TOKYO S mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD H WHDLHHSD W D SD LV TOKYO mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD HHWHDLHHSD W D SD GS TOKYO mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD HHWHDLHHSD WHDLHH CRL TOKYO S mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD WHDLHHSD H WHDLHHSD WHDLHH Tokyo University Report Page Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy G P A E Ref MD NOTE PLAC MEASUREMENT T 2 3 BPD OSAKA mm mm mm WHDtHHSD WHDLHHSD HWHDLHHSDHH W D SD FTA OSAKA mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD HHWHDLHHSD WHDLHHSDHH WHDt SD HL OSAKA mm mm mm mm WHDLHHSD HHWHDLHHSD WHDLHHSDHH WHDt SD FL OSAKA mm mm mm mm WHDtHHSD WHDLHHSD HWHDLHHSDHH W D SD GS TOKYO mm mm mm mm WHDtHHSD WHDtHHSD HWHDLHHSDHHF W D SD CRL OSAKA mm mm mm mm WHDt HHSD WHDtHHSD HWHDLHHSDHH W D SD Osaka University Report Page Figure 9 13 Tokyo University Osaka University OB Averag
189. ges Image Memory Storage Archiving Images The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series has storage space for images in system memory 10 images or proper combinations of formats can be saved in memory This storage is temporary The images are erased when the New Patient key is pressed or power is turned off LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Image Memory cont d PN J B M Gain Cine Scroll Y Image Memory To save images in system memory Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Use the Cine Scroll control if necessary to display the best image Press the Image Memory key The displayed image is saved to system memory and the number of images currently stored is displayed at the bottom of the screen The system gives a Memory Full warning display Press the Key again to erase the oldest image with an optional beep each time an image is about to be stored when the memory is full The beep sound can be set in the General System 1 Setup menu Pressing Image Memory after the warning deletes the oldest image in system memory and saves the current displayed image LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Recall Image Recall Helpful hints Hints To recall images stored in system memory for review or archival e Press the Image Recall key The Image Recall Menu with the assigned A N keys is displayed e The
190. guration To engage the wheel lock Press down on the lock pedal located at the front of the wheels The pedal remains depressed To release the lock Press down on the pedal again The pedal returns to its normal position LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Powering On the System Powering On the System Connecting and Using the System To connect the system to the electrical supply 1 Ensure that the wall outlet is of the appropriate type 2 Make sure that the power switch is turned off 3 Unwrap the power cable Make sure to allow sufficient slack in the cable so that the plug is not pulled out of the wall if the system is moved slightly 4 Push the power plug securely into the wall outlet WARNING To avoid risk of fire the system power must be supplied from a A separate properly rated outlet See Local Site Requirements Before the system arrives on 3 for rating information The system is supplied with an attachment plug Under no circumstances should this plug be altered changed or adapted to a configuration rated less than specified Never use an extension cord or adapter plug To help assure grounding reliability connect to a hospital grade or hospital only grounded power outlet Outlet 120 VAC 1000 VA 220 240 VAC 1000 VA Plug and Outlet Configuration Plug and Outlet Configuration USA Europe Figure 3 7 Example Plug and Outlet Configurations LOGIQ
191. h the text a word at a time Press Tab to move to the right Preset Keyboard Tab Word e Press Shift and Tab to move to the left NOTE The Tab selection is found on page one of the General System Setup LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Body Patterns Body Pattern Q EX Focus Rotation A ECG Gain Probe Orientation Marker Annotating an Image An additional way to annotate the image display is with body patterns Body patterns are a simple graphic of a portion of the anatomy that is frequently scanned Press the Body Pattern key to activate Body Patterns A body pattern generally displayed in the lower left corner of the screen appears Cycle through the body patterns by pressing the Body Pattern key repeatedly A Probe Orientation Marker is used to illustrate the probe position This marker can be placed with the Trackball and rotated with the Rotation Focus control Press Set to complete the body pattern selection The body pattern and probe marker can serve as a reference for patient and probe positioning when images are archived LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Annotating an Image Body Patterns cont d 16 Body Pattern packages are displayed according to exam category and preset Use the arrow keys to select the desired pattern to be displayed The Body Pattern Setup allows for the choice of displaying the pattern only
192. he ID Name key to return to the Patient Entry Menu and enter the necessary number of fetuses For subsequent exams the user enters the correct number of fetuses when the New Patient key is used ES NOTE Data Management Center transfer function will not work if the fetus number is greater than one An error message will appear Multigestation data transfer is not supported DMC data transfer will function normally if the fetus number is set to one LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 47 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational Distinguishing Each Fetus For measurements calculations and report page displays the fetuses are labeled A B C and D Each fetus is distinguished on the report pages by its letter and total number of fetuses For example a report page could be noted as FETUS A 3 This is fetus A from a total of 3 Following this fetal number designation the user can use 10 characters to describe the position and 10 characters to describe placenta location of the fetus This is displayed as POS HHHHHHHHHE PLAC THHBHHHHHHHE Measurements Calculations 48 During measurements calculations all measurements are performed on fetus A first The user then switches to fetus B and performs the same measurements etc The user can switch between fetuses by pressing the Ellipse Up and Down keys NOTE A fetus change can be accomplished at anytime during the exam However the Ellipse Up and Down functio
193. he current depth Increments in 0 5 cm steps EC UP P Choose the desired default image orientation 1 0 N Normal top to bottom orientation 2 90 W 90 left to right orientation 3 180 S Inverted bottom to top orientation 4 270 E 270 right to left orientation EC UP P R Choose the default to initially have image reverse on or off left right orientation 1 Yes 2 No Image Rotation Image Reverse Image reverse on Image reverse off LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 19 Menu Structure Probe Parameter 1 Setup page 3 of 11 Image Softener EC UP P R Choose to have the image softener function default for B Mode on or off 1 Off No image softener as default 2 L Low Image softener on as default 3 M Mid Image softener on as default 4 H High Image softener on as default Multi Frequency EC UP P R Choose to have the Multi Frequency function 1 Res Resolution 2 Norm Normal 3 Penet Penetration 4 Fur Further Frame Average EC UP P R Choose to have the default for frame averaging enabled or disabled 1 Off No Frame Average on as default 2 Low Low Frame Average on as default 3 Mid Middle Frame Average on as defailt 4 High High Frame Average on as default Focus Combination EC UP P R Choose the default number for focus combination 1 Single 1 focus combination as default 2 Dual 2 focus combinations as default 3 Triple 3 focus combinatio
194. he image rotations are 0 90 180 each format 270 Image Rotation is a post processing function Affects on Other controls only affect the active image Other Controls When reading a rotated image be careful CAUTION to observe the probe orientation to avoid possible confusion over scan direction or right left image reversal LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Controls cont d Description Image reverse controls the horizontal Multi Frequency changes the receive orientation of the image on the screen It filtering to allow more echoes to pass toggles the left right orientations of the through image display Accessing Press the Reverse key to toggle image re Press the Multi Freq key to change the Changing verse on or off scan frequency Benefits The Reverse key allows for changing the Allows for an increase in echo intensity orientation of the image display without without changing gain TGC or acoustic physically rotating the probe 180 output Values On or Off Resolution Normal Penetration or Further This value is probe dependent The image direction mark at the top of the sector wedge corresponds to the orientation mark on the probe body Pressing the Re verse key flips the image left right and switches the image direction mark to corre spond to the probe mark Affects on Acoustic output gain and TGC may be Other Controls able to be reduced due to i
195. he prostate at its most cephalic position Position the mechanical stepping device and secure the probe to the stepper If the needle placement guide is to be used in the exam carefully align the probe to the needle placement guide registration line Make as many stepper volume measurements as necessary to calculate the volume of the prostate Retract the probe utilizing the stepper device the necessary step between each incremental slice of the gland Once the complete gland has been evaluated detach the probe from the mechanical stepper and carefully remove it from the patient LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Using the Transaxial Probe Use of Transaxial Probe with Volume Stepper Device cont d gt System Preparation 1 Infection Control Biological y Hazard This calculated information can be used for future procedures if necessary NOTE Sterile sanitary sheaths are to be used on the probe during its actual use with patients Connect the probe connector to the console in either probe position If needed press Biopsy key Set the console for recommended optimum imaging Users of this product have an obligation and responsibility to provide the highest degree of infection control possible to patient co workers and themselves To avoid cross contamination follow all infection control policies established for your office department or hospital as they apply to p
196. ht keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight HR and press Set The HR measurement mode is set and a x cursor appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Measuring heart rate HR cont d e 0 0 Q 18 Use the Trackball to move the cursor to a point on the M Mode waveform where it is desired to start the Heart Rate measurement Press Set to fix the start point cursor An end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the same point on the M Mode waveform two heartbeats from the measurement start point Bee Figure 8 10 Press Set to complete the measurement The heart rate appears on the display and is also recorded on the report page Figure 8 10 Two Heart Beat Reference LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Helpful hints Hints The following hints can help when taking a measurement e f Record is pressed while making a measurement the system completes the measurement and sends the data to the report page unless the VCR is assigned to the Record key e Prior to making measurements use the Cine function if necessary to display the best image e Measurements can continue to be made until all measurement calculation cells are filled The cells are displayed at the bottom center of the display e Once all measurement calculation cells are filled on the
197. ial plane Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement to activate the measurement function Press the Space left right keys to display the calculation menus Select Rt Ov H Rt Ov W Lt Ov H or Lt Ov W from the GYN Calculation Menu Press the Space left right keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight the desired measurement and press Set A x cursor appears Follow the distance measurement steps outlined in the ovarian length measurement All right left length height or width measurements are recorded on the GYN Summary Report Page as selected from the GYN Calculation Sub Menu prior to measuring LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 57 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Measurement Uterine Length Height and Width Measurement 58 The GYN Calculation Menu allows for measurements to be recorded as uterine length Ut L height Ut H or width Ut W Once again length is typically measured in the sagittal plane while height and width are measured in the axial plane Scan the patient in the appropriate scan plane Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement to activate the measurement function Select the desired measurement from the GYN Calculation Menus Press the Arrow keys as necessary to display the desired menus and highlight the desired measurement Follow the distance measurement steps as outlined in the ovarian measurements Measurements are recorded o
198. ic ultrasound DANGER The concerns listed below can seriously affect the safety of examination 9 Explosion Risk of explosion if used in the presence of flammable 3 Hazard anesthetics 2 Electrical To avoid injury Hazard Do not remove protective covers No user serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to qualified service personnel e To assure adequate grounding connect the attachment plug to a reliable hospital grade grounding outlet having equalization conductor y e Do not place liquids on or above the console Spilled liquid may contact live parts and increase the risk of shock amp Fire electrical circuit The capacity of the supply circuit must be as Hazard specified in Chapter 3 of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Service e Smoke The system must be supplied from an adequately rated i Manual 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Related Hazards cont d Biological y Hazard CAUTION For patient and personnel safety beware of biological hazards while performing invasive procedures To avoid the risk of disease transmission e Use protective barriers gloves and probe sheaths whenever possible Follow sterile procedures when appropriate e Thoroughly clean probes and reusable accessories after each patient examination and disinfect or sterilize as needed Refer to Probes for probe use and care instructions e Follow all infection
199. ing Changing Values Affects on Other Controls gt gt 22 To access Rejection activate the Probe Pa rameter Setup in the Setup Menu To change the Rejection locate the cursor in M Rejection and enter the desired value from 0 to 40 in 2 digit increments Higher rejection values will remove weak low level echoes in a displayed image Off and 2 through 40 in increments of 2 Rejection is a post processing function Rejection functions in real time as well as in freeze or Cine Press the Sweep Speed key to change Sweep speed Speed up or slow down the timeline in order to view more or fewer occurrences over a period of time A fast speed shows less cycles but better transition definition A slow speed shows more cycles but less definition during transitions Low 16 ms pixel Mid 8 ms pixel and High 4 ms pixel Sweep speed is a pre processing function If more events are seen the timeline appears smaller if less events are seen the timeline appears larger or more spread out NOTE The default value of Sweep Speed can be set in the Probe Parameter 2 Setup NOTE Time or distance measurements are not allowed across sweep speed changes LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Mixed Mode Display Formats Mixed Mode Display Formats Patient Name NAAA Mime Hospital Name pus E E ES fe 31215 Z Ie n Patient Name L m RN Hospital Name
200. ing Report Page MES NOTE If REPORT AVERAGE is set to N the AVE column displays the last measurement result not the average 28 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Anatomical Survey Page Layout The Anatomical Survey Page provides a check list that promotes routine thorough reporting of obsterical ultrasound exams The Anatomical Survey Page also provides fetus s biophysical profile score To reach the Anatomical Survey Page use the Ellipse keys The Anatomical Survey Page is shown in Figure 9 14 Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name GH P AR ER Ref MD NOTE PLAC ANATOMICAL SURVEY HEAD LATERAL VENT CEREBELLUM FACE HEART SPINE STOMACH KIDNEYS BLADDER CORD CORD INSERTION UPPER EXTREMITIES LOWER EXTREMITIES BIOPHYSICAL SCORE MOVEMENT TONE BREATHING FLUID REACTIVE NST2 Figure 9 14 OB Anatomical Survey Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 29 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Trend Graph Page Layout Overview The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series can display a fetal growth curve graph from data in each measurement table for fetal age An OB Trend Graph for the European Method is shown in Figure 9 15 Hospital Name ID LMP GA YY MM DD Ref MD FETAL GROWTH CURVE CRL JEANTY GA OPE W D CRL THEE mm GA CRL W D EDD CRL yy mm dd lt COMMANDs gt LIST ID SAVE
201. ing the system follow the precautions below to ensure the maximum safety for people the system and other equipment Before moving the system 1 Turn the System power switch OFF Unplug the power cord All cables from off board peripheral devices IIE camera external printer VTR etc must be disconnected from the console Ensure that no loose items are left on the console Loop the cord around the handle on the back of the System or wrap the cord in a bundle and store it in the front storage area To prevent damage to the power cord DO NOT pull excessively on the cord or make sharp bends while wrapping Connect all probes to be used while off site Ensure that probe cables are out of the way from the wheels and not protruding beyond the console Store all other probes in their original cases or in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage Store sufficient gel and other essential accessories in the provided space Adjust the monitor to its lowest position possible Ensure that the monitor arm is locked in place 10 Unlock the front wheels LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Positioning Transporting Moving the System cont d gt CAUTION e 12 When moving the system 1 NOTE NOTE 6 Take extra care when moving the system long distances and on inclines Ask for help if necessary Wheel chair ramps are usually less than five degrees Avoid ram
202. is a General Purpose Wide field of view general purpose probe for Radiology Penetration obtaining B Mode within OB GYN Il f i the intended uses Small footprint Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Curved Array Convex Probes cont d Probe Description Intended Capabilities Uses and Features The MTZ probe is an Transvaginal Wide field of view endocavitary probe for Transrectal Small headshell and obtaining B Mode within probe shaft the intended uses Adjustable handle angle Good B Mode Resolution Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Biopsy capability The CZB probe is a Neonatal Small Footprint convexprobefor Pediatrics Wide field of view obtaining B Mode within Good B Mode Resolution the intended uses Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Biopsy capability The CS probe is a convex Cardiology High Resolution probe for obtaining General Ergonomics for scanning B Mode within the Abdominal and cleaning intended uses Biopsy capability 20 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Curved Array Convex Probes cont d Probe Description Intended Capabilities Uses and Features The ERB probe is a Urology Wideband for B Mode convex probe intended for resolution amp Urology homogenity Slant Scan Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning The 3Cb probe is a General Pur
203. isplay Description Format Values Patient Name A maximum of 29 alphanumeric characters Input at Patient Entry Menu Patient identification number A maximum of 14 alphanumeric characters Input at Patient Entry Menu Date Today s date according to the system settings Can be preset to display as MM DD YY DD MM YY or YY MM DD Time Displays the current time during normal operation Can be preset to a 12 or 24 hour clock Hospital Name Shows the name of the hospital or institution A maximum of 34 alphanumeric characters Input at Patient Entry Menu Gestational Age for OB patients Calculated from LMP input from Patient Entry Menu GA LMP W D Probe name or designation of the active probe in the probe port 1 Probe name or designation of the active probe in the probe port 2 Probe Orientation GE GE is the marker used for scan orientation This should coincide with the probe orientation marking on the probe body Cat Shows the name of the selected category Maximum of 3 chracters Table 5 1 B Mode Display Explanation Cine Gauge Operator messages Cine Gauge Shows the Cine Gauge Operator Messages System generated messages are displayed on this line i e error messages HR Heart Rate is displayed here in beats per minute BPM Requires ECG input LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode B Mode Display cont d Graphic Display Map Gray Scale MuFq FrA
204. it Generally these items are common to modes probes formats and applications Setup Menu If itis necessary to go directly to the Setup Top Menu press Setup Menu key 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Setup Menu Command Lines Command line 1 gt SETUP MENU Probe Parameter 1 Setup 01 13 99 11 13 23 Command line 2 JM CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 PROBE CBF Command line 3 39 commanD EXIT SAVE DELETE Figure 13 2 Setup Menu Command Lines Command line 1 This line shows the name of the setup menu date and current time Command line 2 This line shows the exam category and preset number In Setup Top Menu this line shows the software version number In Probe Parameter 1 Setup this line shows the probe type FS NOTE Command line two is not in the General System Setup Menu Command line 3 This line shows three command menu choices Use the Arrow Keys or Trackball to place the cursor over one of the menu choices and press Set LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Setup Menu Command Lines cont d There are three menu choices that affect the parameters in the category displayed They are EXIT SAVE DELETE When in the Top menu EXIT returns the System to the last scan mode When in a Setup Menu EXIT returns the system to the Setup Top Menu The system displays an overwrite prompt when
205. itor Press the Space left right keys again or press the Arrow up down keys as necessary to display the desired menu page The selected menu is inverted An example of the calculation menu page is shown in Figure 10 1 Using the Arrow left right keys or the Trackball select the desired calculation menu as shown in Figure 10 1 The selected menu is inverted Press Set AE MANS S BP ELP D SIMPSON F CUBED G GIBSON 3d O gt om Figure 10 1 Cardiology Calculation Sub Menu LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Overview cont d FS NOTE It is possible for the operator to directly press an alphanumeric key to access the calculation function Once one of the Cardiology menus is chosen a Sub Menu with the necessary measurement selections appears FS NOTE Once an LV method has been chosen the system will prompt the User through a sequence of LV measurements to perform before the User presses the Freeze key 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Cardiology Calculations Measurement Menus The illustrations that follow show the Cardiology Calculation measurement selections Each selection in the first layer of Sub Menus will yield a second layer of Sub Menus This second layer contains measurements and calculations necessary to complete the category In Pages 1 and 3 of the first layer LV Analysis method Sub Menus ar
206. ivalent image quality NOTE The default value of B Gain can be set in the Probe Parameter 2 Setup Menu NOTE It is not possible to change the gain on a frozen image Changing the gain while in another mode does not affect the B Mode image gain LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Controls cont d Controls Accessing Changing Affects on Other Controls gt gt Dynamic range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray thereby creating a range of gray scale that can be adjusted Press the Dyn Range key to change the dy namic range To increase dynamic range press the Dyn Range up arrow key To de crease press the Dyn Range down arrow key Dynamic range is useful for optimizing tissue texture to differentiate between echo levels that are close together Dynamic range should be adjusted so that the highest amplitude edges appear as white while the lowest levels such as blood are just visible The settings cycle in 6 dB steps from 30 dB to 72 dB Dynamic range levels are returned to the preset value when changing the Application Exam category or New Patient Dynamic range operates only in real time not in freeze Cine Timeline replay or VCR playback B Mode B Dynamic Range B Edge Enhance B edge enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures
207. l 2234813 100 Rev 1 23 Site Requirements Site Requirements Introduction FS Only qualified physicians or sonographers should perform ultrasound scanning on human subjects for medical diagnostic reasons Request training if needed Do not attempt to install the system alone General Electric Affiliate or Distributor Field Engineers and Application Specialists will install and setup the system Perform regular preventive maintenance Refer to Use aintenance chapter for maintenance instructions Maintain a clean environment Turn off the system before leaning the unit Refer to User Maintenance chapter fo leaning instructions Never set liquids on the unit to ensure that liquid does not drip into the control panel or unit Ensure that unauthorized personnel do not tamper with the unit 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Site Requirements Before the system arrives NOTICE This medical equipment is approved in terms of the prevention of radio wave interference to be used in hospitals clinics and other institutions which are environmentally qualified The use of this equipment in an inappropriate environment may cause some electronic interference to radios and televisions around the equipment Proper handling of this equipment is required in order to avoid such trouble according to the operator and service manuals This equipment can be used in residential areas only under the sup
208. l ground of the Service Port are Isolated Service Figure 3 4 Service Port Use only approved probes peripherals or accessories Refer to the hapter of this manual for more information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Peripheral Accessory Connector Panel cont d ALLA 115V 1 7A Max including front panel 100V 2 0A Max including front panel 220 240V 0 8A Max including front panel Figure 3 5 Peripheral Accessory Connector Panel LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Console Overview Foot Switch option Freeze An optional Foot Switch may be used as an alternative to the Freeze control to e Freeze a real time image Foot owitch Only use the recommended foot switch The Foot Switch connection is located at the back of the console on the right hand side of the back panel Store the Foot Switch in the storage compartment located at the front of the console below the keyboard Figure 3 6 Foot Switch Storage and Connectors 1 Foot Switch Connector 2 Foot Switch Storage Area 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Positioning Transporting System Positioning Transporting Moving the System When moving or transport
209. l user modification may cause degradation in EMC performance Modification of the product includes a b C d Changes in cables length material wiring etc Changes in system installation layout Changes in system configuration components Changes in securing system parts cover open close cover screwing Operate the system with all covers closed If a cover is opened for some reason be sure to shut it before starting resuming operation Operating the system with any cover open may affect EMC performance LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions 5 Patient Environmental Devices Peripheral Devices 1 VCR 2 B W Video MOD Driver 1 Lis EN ear Pane Vm 463 Nan Peripheral Device 1 B W Video Printer E Power Out Signals I O Port Power In Printer 3 Multi Image Camera 4 Line Printer Signals I O Port InSite Modem Signals I O Port Power Out Power In Foot Switch Connector Foot Switch ECG O Power In ECG Cable Power Line AC Ground Line Power Cable with Protective Earth Figure 2 1 Patient Environmental Devices 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Classifications cont d CAUTION A CAUTION 5 1 Acceptable Devices The devices shown in Figure 2 1 are specified to be suitable for use within the PATIENT ENVIRONMENT Do not connect
210. lc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula X IVSd d1 cm or mm RVDd IVSd LVIDd LVPWd LVPWs LVIDs 20 e Table 10 8 Left Right Ventricle M LV RV Right Ventricular Dimension Diastole Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole one distance one distance one distance one distance one distance one 2 beat tim interval Left Ventricular Interior Dimension Dias tole LVIDd d1 cm or mm Left Ventricular Posterior Wall Thickness at Diastole LVPWd di cm or mm Interventricular Septal Thickness Sys tole IVSs d1 cm or mm Left Ventricular Posterior Wall Thickness at Systole LVPWs d1 cm or mm Left Ventricular Interior Dimension at Systole LVIDs d1 cm or mm Heart Rate beats min ute HR BPM 120 sec 2 beat time sec LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Left Right Ventricle M LV RV cont d Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula IVS PW Interventricular two distances IVS PW Septum Left IVSd amp LVPWa IVSd LVPWd x 100 Ventricle Posterior Ratio at Diastole Left Ventricle two distances FS Internal Dimension LVIDd amp LVIDs LVIDd LVIDs LVIDd x Fractional 100 Shortening STIVS Interventricular two distances STIVS Shortening IVSd amp IVSs IVSs IVSd IVSd 100 STPW Left Ventricle two distances STPW Posterior Wall LVPWd 8 LVPWs L
211. lc Name Measurements Reference HR Heart Rate one 2 beat time HR BPM n a beats minute Measured manually or 120 sec automatically 2beat time sec Gestational one distance Curve data is Tokyo University Sac available in Method 1986 Chapter 17 6 by Univ of Tokyo Crown Rump one distance JEANTY Length Radiology 143 Biparietal one distance 2191982 Diameter HC Head circumference by trace Circum ellipse circle or two ference distances Abdominal circumference by trace Circum ellipse circle or two ference distances GS CRL BPD FL Femur one distance Length Binocular one distance Distance BPD Biparietal one distance CAMPBELL King s Diameter College Hosp L FL pud one distance ria HM engt gynecol Binocular one distance Oct 1 1982 Distance GS Gestational one distance Curve data is HANSMANN Sac available in Ultraschallidiagnosti Chapter 17 k in Geburtschilfe CRL rown Rump one distance und Gynakologie Length 1985 Table 9 7 OB Calculation Formulas European Version LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas European Method cont d Calc Input Author Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Reference Biparietal one distance Curve data is Diameter available in hapter 17 Head circumference by trace Chap Circum ellipse circle or two ference distances Abdominal circumference by trace Circum ellipse circle or two ference distances Fe
212. lines 1 and 2 It characterizes the bone supplementing additional roofing by the cartilaginous convexity NOTE Choose the type of Hip Orientation method to be used for scanning the infant hip in the Measurement Setup Figure 8 11 HIP Dysplasia LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Hip Dysplasia HIP cont d Q O Rotation ES Focus Set Q Rotation E3 Focus Set Rotation 3 Focus Measurement e O Press the assigned HIP key to start HIP measurement The HIP key can be assigned in the A N assignment menu To assign HIP key select the undefined General HIP in the A N assignment menu Display line 1 appears on the screen Use the Trackball and Focus Rotation knob to position the line 1 as the baseline Press Set display line 42 appears on the screen The Greek letter beta p appears halfway between lines 1 amp 2 and the angle is 55 by default The angle change is displayed using Rotation focus knob Use the Trackball and Focus Rotation knob to position the line 2 Press Set display line 3 appears on the screen The Greek letter alpha a appears halfway between lines 1 and 3 and the angle is 60 by default In the Calculation Result Area the results of angles and f appear Use the Trackball and Focus Rotation knob to position line 3 Press Set to fix line 3 if the results are satisfactory Repeat the procedure if the
213. ll store the three most recent volume measurements If a four volume measurement is made Volume 1 is erased Volume 2 becomes 1 Volume 3 becomes 2 and the fourth measurement is Volume 3 The very first measurement is lost In the space to the right of each volume measurement the user can type in comments pertinent to that particular volume measurement NOTE Ifthe STVOL measurements were taken in the STVOL stepper volume selection the word STVOL will appear Urology Page Edit Fields The following fields on the Urology Report page may be edited while it is displayed Use the Trackball Arrow or Return keys to move the desired field to be edited Bee Figure 11 1 for the location of the edited fields listed below on the Urology Report Page PAP Prostatic Acid Phosphatese concentration 12 characters PSA Prostatic Specific Antigen concentration 6 digits including point LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Calculations Urology Page Edit Fields cont d PPSA PSAD Ezg NOTE PPSA1 2 PSAD1 2 On the PPSA PSAD line is a non edit field that corresponds to the calculation result The edited field following the words BASED ON VOLUME is a single digit field 1 2 or 3 to indicate which volume measurement corresponding to the entire gland is used to calculate the PPSA PSAD PPSA PSAD selection can be made in the Measurement Setup The
214. low all measurement instructions and develop uniform measurement techniques among all users to minimize the potential operator error Also in order to detect possible equipment malfunctions that could affect measurement accuracy a quality assurance QA plan should be established for the equipment that includes routine accuracy checks with tissue mimicking phantoms Please be advised that all distance related measurements through tissue are dependent upon the propagation velocity of sound within the tissue The propagation velocity usually varies with the type of tissue but an average velocity for soft tissue is assumed This equipment is designed for and the accuracy statements listed below are based on an assumed average velocity of 1540 m s The percent accuracy when stated applies to the measurement obtained not the full scale range Where the accuracy is stated as a percent with a fixed value the expected inaccuracy is the greater of the two 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Basic Measurements cont d Useful Depth mm Image Area Over Full Screen 40 to 240 mm Distance Image Area Over Full Axial mm Screen Lateral mm 0 to 240 mm Lateral mm Circumference Image Area Over Full Trace mm Screen Ellipse mm Depth 0 to 240 mm Area Image Area Over Full Trace mm Screen Ellipse mm Depth 0 to 240 mm S Timeline Display 0 to 800 ms mm s Timeline Display 0 to o mm s Table 15 1 S
215. ment damage LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Disinfecting probes cont d Do not immerse the probe into any liquid beyond the level specified for that probe Never immerse the transducer connector or probe adapters into any liquid e Avoid mechanical shock or impact to the transducer and do not apply excessive bending or pulling force to the cable e Transducer damage can result from contact with inappropriate coupling or cleaning agents Do not soak or saturate transducers with solutions containing alcohol bleach ammonium chloride compounds or hydrogen peroxide e Avoid contact with solutions or coupling gels containing mineral oil or lanolin e Avoid temperatures above 60 C e Inspect the probe prior to use for damage or degeneration to the housing strain relief lens and seal Do not use a damaged or defective probe 1 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Coupling gels Applying In order to assure optimal transmission of energy between the patient and probe a conductive gel or couplant must be applied liberally to the patient where scanning will be performed Precautions Coupling gels should not contain the following ingredients as they are known to cause probe damage e Methanol ethanol isopropanol or any other alcohol based product e Mineral oil e lodine e Lotions e Lanolin e Aloe Vera e Olive Oil
216. ments and complete product support from GE LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Overview General Indications for Use Contraindications The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series diagnostic ultrasound system is intended for use in diagnostic ultrasound imaging using B M B M combination modes in the following areas Fetal Abdomen Intraoperative Pediatric Small organs including breast neck chest male and female reproductive organs limbs and extremities Adult cephalic Neonatal cephalic Adult cardiac Pediatric cardiac Trans vaginal Trans rectal Urology The System is NOT intended for use in the following areas Ophthalmic use or any use causing the acoustic beam to pass through the eye LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Who to Contact Who To Contact Who to Contact For additional information or assistance please contact your local distributor or the appropriate support resource listed below USA GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center CANADA GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center LATIN amp SOUTH AMERICA GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center EUROPE GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG
217. mm dd yy GiH PHE AHH EH Ref MD NOTE pos MM PLAC Page 1 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE MEASUREMENT CUA GP CALCULATION BPD HADLOCK Y IHEWEDHED CI 70 86 Hs HC HADLOCK Y WHDL 4D FL BPD 71 87 HS OFD HC HHH WHDL 4D FL AC 20 24 HS AC HADLOCK Y IHIWEDHED FC HC HS TAD AC HHH WHD D HC AC HHHH APD AC HHH HWHDE D FL HADLOCK HHH WHD D EFW FL AC HC BPD CRL HADLOCK HHH WHDLH4D Httiottit db oz GS HELLMAN HHH WHD 4D GP gt HADLOCK AFI mm Hitt HEART RATE BPM HHH BIOPHYS HH GA OPE W D EDD GA mm dd yy CUA W D EDD CUA mm dd yy COMMENTS USA Report Page Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP GA yy mm dd BBT GA yy mm dd G P A Ei Ref MD NOTE POS PLAC Page 1 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE MEASUREMENT CGA CALCULATION BPD JEANTY dE dmm BEWEEDEHEES CI HHES FL JEANTY HE dmm WHDLHHS FL BPD HHES AC JEANTY dH dmm RAIDERS FL AC HHES HC JEANTY dH dmm WHDtHHS HC AC HHES TAD ERIKSEN mm WHDtHHS FL Ft HAS BD JEANTY HH dmm WHDLHHS BD BPD HHES OFD HANSMANN dE dmm RAIDERS Ft PARIS mm WHDLHHS EFBW Shep Wars g GS TOKYO mm WHD H D CRL JEANTY THE Hmm HWHDLHHS KKKKKKKKKK HEART RATE BPM HHH BIOPHYS HH HH WHD EDD LMP dd mm yy W D EDD CGA dd mm yy COMMENTS European Report Page Figure 9 8 OB Report
218. move the end cursor to the measurement end point Press Set to complete the measurement The time interval between the two cursors is displayed at the bottom of the screen LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Measurement Slope Measurement Measurement Measurement v Set O 0 O To measure depth difference Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement three times With the cursor in the M Mode timeline area a x cursor with a vertical dotted line is displayed Use the Trackball to position the measurement start point Press Set to fix the start point Use the Trackball to position the measurement end point Press Set to complete the measurement The depth difference time interval and slope between the two end points is displayed at the bottom of the screen LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations General Calculations Overview In each exam category Calculations menus can be assigned to twenty alphanumeric keys through the Measurement Setup A N assignment menu Calculation Menu Page Calculations menus are divided into four pages Each page is displayed in one calculation menu These four pages of calculation menus are shown in Figure 8 1 Menu Page 3 Menu Page 4 menu i menu12 menu13 menui4 menu15 menu16 menu17 menu18 menu19 menu 20 ow Jie Ji Jit Je Ju Jt Jo Je
219. mpanied by an error beep The User can turn on off the recording of the error message line in General System Setup Record Mask Message Line The following tables outline the error messages their possible cause and cure LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Troubleshooting System Error Message Description Possible Problem Possible Corrective Category Message Cause Action SYS ERROR BUS Bus error detected or ERROR OR BOARD hardware board is non NON EXISTENT existent SYS ERROR M Mode M Mode DSP error DSP ERROR encountered Battery Low Battery Voltage is Low Table 15 4 System Error Message Description SYS ERROR Unexpected CPU UNEXPECTED CPU exception is li ERROR encountered If a System Error Message occurs record the message and contact a Service Representative Be aware that the system may be operating at reduced capabilities some functions inoperative or not operating at all LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Troubleshooting Operation Error Message Description Possible Problem Possible Corrective Category Message Cause Action Improper Data Selected The data input is not Enter correct data correct Measurement Measurement s The system requires the Input necessary amp Calculation Required operator to input measurements measurement s Press FREEZE to The system requires the Freeze before all complete operator to p
220. mum operation and safety Clean Page Printer Clean System Cabinet Clean VCR X Table 15 3 Planned Maintenance Program Clean Operator Control Panel 1 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Loose cables Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Listed in this section are problem or system messages that may be encountered possible causes for the problem or message and the appropriate action to take to correct the situation If additional information or assistance is needed contact a local Applications Sales or Service Representative If peripheral cables are loose 1 Check the connections on the back of the peripheral OR 2 Checkthe connection on the back panel LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Troubleshooting Display Messages 18 The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series provides a variety of messages concerning the status of the system s operation e System Error Messages are displayed when a hardware problem is detected e Operation Error Messages are displayed when the user selects a control that is not appropriate to the current scan mode or function e Operation Guide Messages are displayed to inform the operator of a completed task or required action These messages are displayed in the single line message area at the bottom of the display The message display time varies depending on the type of message Some messages may be acco
221. mur one distance Length Transverse one distance Abdominal Diameter Occipito one distance Frontal Diameter Crown Rump one distance Curve data is Length available in Chapter 17 Transverse one distance Curve data is Abdominal available in Diameter Chapter 17 Binocular Distance Femur Length Foot Distance Biparietal one distance Diameter Head circumference by trace Circum ellipse circle or two available in ference distances Chapter 17 Curve data is Abdominal circumference by trace Circum ellipse circle or two ference distances Crown Rump one distance Curve data is Length available in Chapter 17 Biparietal Diameter HANSMANN Ultraschallidiagnosti k in Geburtschilfe und Gynakologie 1985 ROBINSON Robinson and Al BrJGynecol 82 702 1975 SOSTOA Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo servicio de obst y gin SOSTOA Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo servicio de obst y gin Table 9 8 OB Calculation Formulas European Version 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 European Method cont d Input Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements FL Femur one distance Length Binocular one distance Distance E Frontal Diameter one distance F one distance Femur Length BPD Biparietal Diameter L one distance AC Abdominal Circum circumference by trace ellipse circle or two distances L P ference C circumfere
222. n is NOT available while a measurement cursor is active After changing to the next fetus any measurements made will be recorded and reported to the new designated fetus Any active measurement or calculation not completed will be cancelled when the fetus number is changed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 MGOB Multigestational Change the Number of Fetuses Number Increase Number Decrease In the ID Name function the user can increase or decrease the fetus number or cancel the Multigestational function This would need to be accomplished due to the demise of a fetus or error in the definition of the fetus number If the fetus number is increased the message Are you sure to change the number y n is displayed y Will create the report pages for the new fetus n returns to the previous number If a fetus number increase is not available the system Returns to the previous number automatically If the fetus number is decreased because some measurement has already been completed or the fetus number was fixed in a previous exam the message Are you sure to change the number y n is displayed y prompts the user to select which fetus to delete A B C or D n returns to the previous number The data of deleted fetuses is deleted for the measurement result window and report pages If the fetus number is reduced to one the multigestation function is cancelled After a
223. n the GYN Summary Report The last three measurements of each type can be averaged by the Summary Report Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Measurement Endometrium Thickness An endometrium thickness measurement is also available on the GYN Calculation Menu Scan the patient Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Press Measurement to activate the measurement function Press the Space key to display calculation menus Select Endo from the GYN Calculation Menu Press the Arrow keys as necessary to display page two and highlight Endo A X cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the measurement start point Press Set to fix the start point cursor An end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the measurement end point Press Set to complete the measurement The measured value is displayed on the screen and recorded on the GYN Report Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 59 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Summary Report GYN Summary Report Overview GYN Summary Reports consist of three pages of reports The three report pages are GYN Report Page Measurement Averaging Page and IVF Report Page The GYN summary Report Page Sequence diagram is shown in Figure 9 28 Report Page Report Page Ellipse Ellipse Up key Ellipse Mea Emo Averaging Ellipse Down key Page A gt Ellipse Figure 9 28 GYN R
224. nal to the products as furnished by GE or beyond our reasonable control Ultrasound supplies and accessories identified by catalog numbers which start with the letter E which are covered by a separate printed warranty Products which are not listed in our price pages at the time of sale Non listed products are provided with the manufacturer s warranties if any GE is permitted to pass on to you Otherwise non listed products are provided AS IS The payment and reimbursement of any facility costs arising from repair or replacement of the products or parts LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Warranties Exclusive Warranty Remedies Product warranties If you promptly notify us of your warranty claim and make the product available for service GE will at our option repair adjust or replace with new or exchange replacement parts the non conforming product or parts of the product Warranty service will be performed without charge from 8 00 am to 5 00 pm Monday through Friday excluding our holidays and outside those hours at our prevailing service rates and subject to the availability of personnel Patent and copyright warranty 10 GE will defend or settle any suit against you to the extent it is based on an infringement claim which would be a breach of the patent and copyright warranty If the infringement claim is valid GE will pay all damages and costs awarded against you due to
225. namento anormale di questo appar cchio Tenere spenti tali dispositivi quando vicini a questo appar cchio Favor n o utilizar os seguintes aparelhos perto deste equipamento Telefone m vel r dio trans receptor r dio transmissor m vel brinquedos controle remoto etc A utiliza o desses aparethos perto deste equipamento pode faz lo com que n o funcione segundo as especifica es publicadas Favor manter esses aparelhos desligados quando estiverem perto deste equipamento No utilice los siguientes aparatos cerca de este equipo Tel fono movil transmisor receptor transmisor de radio movil juguete radio controlado etc La utilization de estos aparatos cerca de este equipo puede hacer con que el equipo no funcione seg n las especificaciones publicadas Mantenga estos aparatos apagados cuando cerca de este equipo E BHO SMM HOME S07 OSS RMS Shas SE T DIS ASH DIA IZ SUITE SEXE Bow MLSS Olas 77E ANS HEA Di BAAS Radio Interference Caution Label VALLE ALLA Ne pas faire tonctionner avec un d fibrillateur Non fare funzionare con un defibrillatore N o use com desfibrilador No hacer funcionar con un desfibrilador Caution Label MASI SHH ASHI DAIS Defibrillator Figure 2 4 Console Label Location This is only for FUNCTIONAL GROUNDING NOT PROTECTIVE EARTH
226. nce by trace ellipse circle or two R H Head Circum ference distances C Crown Rump one distance Length BPD Biparietal one distance Diameter Binocular one distance Distance TAD Transverse one distance Abdominal Diameter EFW Estimated Fetal Weight Average of BPD and Average of AC cm OB Measurement amp Formulas Author Reference Curve data is SOSTOA Hospital available in de la Santa Cruz y Chapter 17 San Pablo servicio de obst y gin Hadlock AJR 138 875 1982 Hadlock JUM 1 97 1982 Hadlock AJR 139 367 1982 Curve data is available in Chapter 17 Hadlock AJR 138 649 1982 NELSON KURTZ BERKOWITZ ERIKSEN EFW g 10 1 7288 Shepard 0 09184xBPD 0 02581x AC 0 00011xBPDxAC Table 9 9 OB Calculation Formulas European Version cont d LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 13 OB Measurement amp Formulas European Method cont d Calc Input Author Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Reference EFW Estimated Average of BPD and EFW kg 0 515263 Fetal Weight Average of TAD mm 0 105775xBPD 0 000930707x BPD 0 0649145xTAD 0 00020562x TAD Average of BPD and EFW g Shepard Richards Average of AC cm 10 3 1 7492 Berkowitz 0 046xAC 0 166xBPD 0 002646xACxBPD Average of FL Average of EFW g Hadlock Radiology AC and Average of HC 101 1 5662 150 535 1984 cm
227. ncreased penetration NOTE The default status of Image Reverse and Penetration can be set in the Probe Parameter 1 Setup Menu NOTE It is not possible to activate Peneration on a frozen image Y t 1 0 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode Controls cont d Controls Accessing Changing When Frame Average is enabled previous frames of image data will be averaged with the current frame of data Frame averaging uses more data points to make up one image This has the effect of presenting a smoother softer image To Change the Frame Averaging Value press the Frame Avg key repeatedly From the default value each press cycles between OFF LOW MID HIGH The selected value is displayed Helps to average out brief sudden changes in echo intensity information Could help to filter out low intensity noise Frame average values are off low mid and high Frame average values are returned to the preset value when changing Probe Exam category New Patient or Preset Frame Averaging value is a pre processing selection Values Affects on Other Controls Selecting frame averaging slows the display frame rate Bioeffects A Acoustic Output Hazard ETT LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Frame Avg Average Focus Combi Combination Focus combination changes the number of focal zones so that the beam can be tightened or expanded
228. ng Page Anatomical Survey Page and OB Trend Graph Page The OB summary Report Page Sequence diagram is shown in Figure 9 6 ES NOTE Type of the initial display OB Report page or OB Trend Graph Page can be set in the General System 2 Setup menu Refer to 13 13 Report Page Report Page C5Ellipse OB Trend Graph Page Ellipse Up key Ellipse Down key Measurement Anatomical Survey Page Averaging Page Figure 9 6 OB Report Page Sequence LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Overview cont d 18 Report Page C Ellipse To activate the OB Summary Reports Press the Report Page key on the keyboard The OB Report Page is displayed on the monitor To change the OB Summary Report Page Press the Ellipse up down arrow keys The OB Summary Report Page will be changed as shown in Figure 9 6 To exit the OB Summary Reports Move the cursor to EXIT on each display page Press Set to exit the OB Summary Report and return to the previous exam mode OR Press the Report Page key again LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Starting an Exam gt OB Summary Report Accurate and complete Summary Report presentation starts at the beginning of the patient exam Always begin an exam by entering as much new patient information as possible NOTE Refer to the Beginning an Exam section of Preparing for an Exam Chapter for
229. njury or probe damage e Observe depth markings and do not apply excessive force when inserting or manipulating intercavitary probes e nspect probes for sharp edges or rough surfaces that could injure sensitive tissue Special handling instructions Using protective sheaths CAUTION Biological eh Hazard CAUTION P 10 Protective barriers may be required to minimize disease transmission Probe sheaths are available for use with all clinical situations where infection is a concern Sterile sheaths should be used when sterile clinical procedures are indicated Instructions Custom made sheaths are available for each probe Each probe sheath kit consists of a flexible sheath used to cover the probe and cable and elastic bands used to secure the sheath Sterile probe sheaths are supplied as part of biopsy kits for those probes intended for use in biopsy procedures In addition to the sheath and elastic bands the kits include associated accessories for performing a biopsy procedure Refer to the in the Probe Discussion section of this chapter for further information Reordering To reorder sheaths fefer to 15 27 Devices containing latex may cause severe allergic reaction in latex sensitive individuals Refer to FDA s March 29 1991 Medical Alert on latex products LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Probe handling and infection control CAUTION P This inf
230. ns as default 4 Quad 4 focus combinations as default Single Focus Position EC UP P R Choose the desired single focus point from eight points Choose from 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 or 8 Dual Focus Position EC UP P R Choose the desired dual focus point from eight points Choose from 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 Triple Focus Position EC UP P R Choose the desired triple focus point from eight points Choose from 1 2 3 4 or 5 Quad Focus Position EC UP P R Choose the desired quadrant focus point from four points Choose from 1 2 or 3 20 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Probe Parameter 1 Setup page 3 of 11 Focus Retention EC UP P R Choose to have the focus retention function default on or off 1 Yes Focus retention function is on 2 No Focus retention function is off Acoustic Power EC UP P Acoustic output default levels can be set by exam category Choose from 0 100 in 10 digit increments Scan Area Size EC UP P R Choose the desired default Scan Area Size 1 100 10096 Scan Area Size as default 2 88 88 Scan Area Size as default 3 75 75 Scan Area Size as default 4 69 69 Scan Area Size as default 5 63 6396 Scan Area Size as default 6 55 55 Scan Area Size as default Image Frame Rate EC UP P Choose the default value for frame rate Low Normal frame rate and resolution Mid Middle frame rate and resolution High Higher frame rate less resolu
231. ntricular Area Mitral one area by ellipse trace or LVAMs a1 cm 2 Valve Systole circle LVAd Left Ventricle Area Dias one area by ellipse trace or LVAd a1 cm 2 tole circle LVAs Left Ventricle Area Sys one area by ellipse trace or LVAs a1 cm 2 tole circle E End Diastole Volume one distance and two areas EdV ml 8 3 x x LVAdxL by ellipse trace or circle VAMd LVMLd E End Systole Volume one distance and two areas EsV ml 8 3 x x LVAsxL by ellipse trace or circle VAMS LVMLs S Stroke Volume two distances and four areas SV ml EdV EsV by ellipse trace or circle C Cardiac Output two distances and four areas CO 1 min by SVxHR 1000 ellipse trace or circle and one 2 beat time interval Ejection Fraction two distances and four areas EF SV EdVx100 by ellipse trace or circle Heart Rate beats minute one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 beat interval time sec Pressure Half Time PHT t1 ms or sec Mitral Valve Area one pressure half time inter MVA cm 2 val 220 PHT Table 10 7 Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas dV sV V O F HR PHT VA ET LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 M Mode Analysis M Mode Analysis Measurement Overview LOGIQ 200 PRO Series provides expanded measurement calculation and report capabilities to the Left Ventricular calculations found in the basic cardiac option package A page of measurements is also adde
232. nts that will degrade imaging performance or increase the risk of electric shock Refer to probe safety and handling precautions on 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Guidezones Biopsy Procedure A typical biopsy examination might proceed as follows 1 Ensure that all supplies for the biopsy procedure are on hand before beginning the imaging session 2 Prepare the patient for the biopsy procedure according to accepted practices at your facility 3 Explain the biopsy procedure to the patient along with any other instructions 4 Prepare the probe biopsy guide and probe sheath Follow the basic B Mode scan procedures outlined in Basic Scan and B Mode to locate the anatomical site to be biopsied Biopsy To display the Biopsy guidezones Press the Biopsy key on the keyboard to display the Z Guidezones The Biopsy guidezones adjust along with image adjustments such as image inversion rotations zoom and depth changes Figure 14 8 Biopsy guidezone Example FS NOTE The acceptable deviation is between 2 mm and 4 mm If the deviation is greater than this call Service LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 27 2234813 100 Rev 1 Guidezones Needle Guide Type Selection Needle Guide Type selection is available for the probes in Table 14 5 Choose the type of biopsy guide angle to be displayed for the attachment used desired target depth with the probes listed in the
233. nual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Classifications cont d 4 2 Notice upon Installation of Product 1 Use either power supply cords provided by GE Medical Systems or ones designated by GE Medical Systems Products equipped with a power source plug should be plugged into the fixed power socket which has the protective grounding conductor Never use any adaptor or converter to connect with a power source plug i e three prong to two prong converter 2 Locate the equipment as far away as possible from other electronic equipment 3 Be sure to use only the cables provided by or designated by GE Medical Systems Connect these cables following the installation procedures i e wire power cables separately from signal cables 4 Lay out the main equipment and other peripherals following the installation procedures described in the Option Installation manuals 4 3 General Notice 1 Designation of Peripheral Equipment Connectable to This Product The equipment indicated in Peripherals List of Optional Peripherals can be hooked up to the product without compromising its EMC performance Avoid using equipment not designated in the list Failure to comply with this instruction may result in poor EMC performance of the product 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Classifications cont d Safety Precautions Notice against User Modification Never modify this product Unilatera
234. o depth of the display FOV Focal point indicators vary with change in position up shallow or down deep Focus Position is a pre processing function Moving the focal zone may affect acoustic output requirements because of concentrating on a specific area of interest Gain increases or decreases the amount of echo information displayed in an image It has the effect of brightening or darkening all displayed echoes at any depth Turn the B M Gain control to adjust gain Gain values change depending on the probe they are not associated with a particular position of the dial To increase gain turn the B M Gain dial clockwise To decrease gain turn the B M Gain dial counterclockwise Gain allows for the balance of echo contrast so that cystic structures appear echo free and reflecting tissue fills in Gain displays on the monitor in dB B Gain increments are available every 2 dB within the range of 0 to 98 dB depending on the selected probe After adjusting acoustic output there may be a need to adjust the gain Generally speaking if acoustic output increases the gain may need to decrease a decrease in acoustic output may require an increase in gain Gain and TGC interact by adding together Gain changes overall echo amplification while TGC changes amplification at specific depths Gain has no affect on Acoustic Output However with increased Gain the output level can usually be reduced to produce equ
235. ode and B M Mode with all transducer types Digital architecture allows maximum flexibility of all scanning modes and transducer types throughout the full spectrum of operating frequencies All transducers are precise solid state array devices allowing electronically controlled imaging with Convex Micro convex Sector and Linear probes Use of solid state designs allows a wide variety of scan parameters to be optimized including focusing scan control spatial resolution temporal resolution and contrast resolution The result is consistent generation of finely detailed anatomical resolution with excellent dynamic contrast tissue range and penetration The system display processor is highly versatile to produce the optimal set of imaging parameters and display formats without compromising important diagnostic information Versatile yet easy to use the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system combines a wide variety of state of the art operator features without complicating operation The operator can customize all set up parameters for a given mode probe or clinical application Operator controls have been placed in a logical clinical format Two simultaneous probe connections allow rapid switching electronically between probes without delaying the examination The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series System provides a total imaging solution for today s diverse ultrasound department needs with investment security through reliable upgrades application enhance
236. of the selected file Clears entered characters Displays the previous page Displays the next page 43 Fetal Trend Management Searching Patient List 44 The SEARCH function allows the user to quickly search the PATIENT LIST MENU data base for a specific patient file Use the Trackball to highlight PT Patient Name and type the necessary information with the alohanumeric keys Type the necessary information with the alphanumeric keys in the PT ID and EDD areas PATIENT LIST MENU PATIENT NAME IE PATIENT ID EDD YY MM DD Figure 9 22 Search Data Entry Use the Trackball to move the cursor to highlight SEARCH at the bottom of the menu Press Set When the search has ended the list is displayed on the screen If the search ends in failure the system may beep or the cursor remains at the Search area and the following message is displayed No data exists Input other information LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Loading Patient Data The following process allows the user to display the data list for a selected patient file Use the Trackball to highlight the desired Press Return e Return Previous data of the selected file is displayed Refer to Figure 9 23 Hospital Name Oper ID ID Patient ID Name Patient Name LMP GA mm dd yy GH PR AR ER Ref MD NOTE EXAM DATE MM DD YY 1 12 23 98 2 1 24 99 3 2 19 99
237. ollowing supplies accessories have been verified to be compatible with the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system CAUTION i The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series ultrasound system complies with regulatory requirements of CE except Gel Disinfectant Biopsy Kits Biopsy Replacement Kits Physio Accessories Patient Electrodes Optical Disks and Sheath Sets Peripherals Sony VCR Each H4120SR Model SVO 9500MD Sony VCR Each H4120PR Model SVO 9500MDP Sony B amp W Printer Each Model UP890MD UP890MDG UP895MDW UP895MD Mitsubishi B amp W Printer Each Model P90E P90W P91E P91W IIE Multi Image Camera Each H4550KF Model IIE 460 FUJITSU MOD Each Model Dynamo 640A1 HP Line Printer Each Model Deskjet 460 Table 15 7 Peripherals and Accessories Console Awemoy Um GwaegNumbe Faswn f AA Table 15 8 Console Accessories LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 23 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Probes Amy Uns atatog Ho EOS gem eme Table 15 9 Probes and Accessories Gel Thermasonic Gel Warmer Holds plastic bottles 250 ml E8365BH or 8 Oz Aquasonic 100 Scan Gel 5 liter jug E8365AF Table 15 10 Gel 24 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Disinfectant Cidex Activated Dialdehyde 16 1 qt bottles E8386EB 4 1 gal bottles E8386EC 2 2 5 gal bottles E8386ED Table 15 11 Disinfectant Civco Biopsy Starter Kits includes bracket Re
238. olz and Gibson Methods Measurements LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Cubed Method Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula LVIDd Left Ventricular one distance LVIDd d1 cm or mm Internal Diameter Dias tole Left Ventricular one distance LVIDs d1 cm or Internal Diameter mm Systole Interventricular one distance IVSd d1 cm or mm Septal Thickness Dias tole Interventricular one distance IVSs d1 cm or mm Septal Thickness Sys tole Left Ventricle one distance LVPWd di cm or mm Posterior Wall Thickness Diastole Left Ventricle one distance LVPWs d1 cm or mm Posterior Wall Thick ness Systole beat time interval SVxHR 1000 Fractional Shortening two distances FS 1 LVIDs LVIDd x100 Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time interval HR BPM 120 sec 2 ute beat time sec Pressure Half Time PHT t1 ms orsec Mitral Valve Area one pressure half time MVA cm 2 220 PHT interval Ejection Time ET t1 ms or sec Table 10 1 Cubed Method Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 9 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Teichholz Method Formulas Calc Mnemonic Calc Name Input Measurements Formula LVIDd Left Ventricular one distance LVIDd d1 cm or mm Internal Diameter Dias tole Left Ventricular one distance LVIDs d1 cm or Internal Diameter Sys mm tole Interventricular Septal one distance IVSd d1 cm or mm
239. on Formulas Part 1 USA Version Estimated Fetal Weight Estimated Fetal Weight Estimated Fetal Weight one distance circumference by trace ellipse circle or two distances circumference by trace ellipse circle or two distances Average of BPD and Average of AC Average of FL and Average of AC Average of BPD Average of AC and Average of FL Average of FL Average of AC and Average of HC Average of FL Average of AC Average of HC and Average of BPD LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 BPD 3 08 0 41x GA 0 000061x GA 3 AC 13 3 1 61x GA 0 00998x GA 2 HC 11 48 1 56x GA 0 0002548x GA 3 EFW g 104 1 304 0 05281 AC cm 0 1 938 FL cm SD g 0 16 EFW g EFW 10 1 3044 0 05281xAC 0 1938xFL 0 004xACxFL EFW 10 1 335 0 0 034xACXFL 0 0316xBPD 0 0457xAC 0 1623xFL EFW 10 1 326 0 0 0326xACxFL 0 0107xHC 0 0438xAC 0 158xFL EFW 10 1 3596 0 00386xACxFL 0 00 64xHC 0 00061xBPDxAC 0 0424xAC 0 174xFL Hadlock Radiology 1984 152 497 501 Hadlock Radiology 1984 152 497 501 Hadlock Radiology 1984 152 497 501 Hadlock Radiology 1984 152 497 501 Hadlock Radiology 150 535 1984 Hadlock AJOG 151 333 1985 Hadlock AJOG 151 333 1985 Hadlock AJOG 151 333 1985 OB Measurement amp Formulas USA Method cont d Calc Author Mnemonic Calc Name Formula Referenc
240. on presets can be saved LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Saving Setup to Preset To save and exit the Setup function Select SAVE in the Top Menu and press Return The save setup flow diagram is in Figure 13 4 Preset 1 Preset 2 Ctrl W Clear Ctrl W Overwrite to Preset 1 Overwrite to Preset 2 Clear Set eset Overwrite to Preset 1 Clear Set Overwrite to Preset 2 Clear Set ED set Set Save data to Preset 1 Save data to Preset 2 B Set Yes O Preset 1 Clear No Preset 2 Figure 13 4 Save Flow Diagram LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Menu Structure General System 1 Setup page 1 of 11 SETUP MENU General System 1 01 13 99 11 14 16 COMMAND t EXIT SAVE DELETE Hospital Name A A ES Diag Category OBSTETRICS Date Format 2 1 YY MM DD 2 MM DD YY 3 DD MM YY Time Format 1 1 24H 2 12H Time Adjust 400HOOM Difference 24H00M 24H00M Language English Keyboard Tab 2 1 Normal 2 Word Keyboard Light 2 Report Cursor Blink 1 Report Cursor Type 1 Operation Error Beep 2 Standby Time min 6 Setup Image Background 2 Mask Image Characters 2 1 Yes Power On Memory Test 2 Rec Mask Message Line 2 Rec Report Video Invert 2 B amp W Printer Ex Pulse Length 4 B amp W Printer Ex Min Interval 3 Hospital Name Diag Category C Ellipse Cu e I 1 Yes 2 No 1
241. on using the default Acoustic Output setting for the probe and application MES NOTE Selecting a new probe unfreezes the image LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Care and Maintenance Inspecting probes SMS Inspect the probe s lens cable and casing after each use ES KS P Look for any damage that would allow liquid to enter the probe O wo If any damage is found do not use the probe until it has been OOO inspected and repaired replaced by a GE Service After Each Use Representative Es Keep a log of all probe maintenance along with a picture of any probe malfunction Storing probes After scanning and cleaning of the probe is completed put the probe in its carrying case to ensure safe storage Transporting probes Secure the probe in its holder for moving short distances When transporting a probe a long distance store it in its carrying case Environmental Requirements Probes should be operated stored or transported within the parameters outlined below Temperature 10 40 C 10 60 C 40 60 C 50 104 F 14 140 F 40 140 F Humidity 5 90 RH 5 90 RH 5 90 RH Pressure 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa Table 14 3 Probe Environmental Requirements 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Probe Safety Handling precautions can easily be damaged by improper handling Use
242. ood working order Secure the system while it is on the lift so that it cannot roll Use either wood chocks restraining straps or other similar types of constraints Do not attempt to hold it in place by hand MEg NOTE Strap the system below its handle so that the system WARNING A MES NOTE 10 11 does not break loose Never ride on the lift with the system A person s weight coupled with the weight of the system may exceed the load capacity of the lift Employ two to three persons to load and unload safely from a vehicle Load the unit aboard the vehicle carefully and over its center of gravity Keep the unit still and upright Do not lay the unit down Ensure that the system is firmly secured while inside the vehicle Any movement coupled with the weight of the system could cause it to break loose Secure system with straps or as directed otherwise to prevent motion during transport Prevent vibration damage by driving cautiously Avoid unpaved roads excessive speeds and erratic stops or starts LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 System Positioning Transporting Wheels gt Front wheels Back wheels Setting the lock 14 Examine the wheels frequently for any obvious defects that could cause them to break or bind The front wheels swivel pivot and lock The back wheels swivel and pivot but do not lock Back wheels are optional depending on confi
243. ooocooocccocooccoro 3 3 Environmental Requirements sss 3 4 Console Overview e 3 5 Console graphics 00 c eee eee e eee 3 5 Storage areas sertare niini ia ete es 3 7 Peripheral Accessory Connector Panel 3 8 Foot Switch option 00 cee eee eee 3 10 System Positioning Transporting 3 11 Moving the System 0 0c eee eee eee 3 11 Transporting the System 00 00 cece eee eee 3 13 DII EE 3 14 Powering On the System 3 15 Connecting and Using the SysteM 3 15 Power Up Sequence 0 cece eee eens 3 17 Adjusting the Display Monitor 3 18 Rotate tilt raise and lower the monitor 3 18 Brightness and Contrast 2 ee cece eee 3 19 Probes iic cot ui caricias 3 21 IntrodUctloni ivan ii a emend ttm dot x 3 21 Connecting the Probe sssssssellslesssss 3 21 Activating the Probe 0 00 ec eee eee 3 23 Storing the Probe 00 ccc ence eee es 3 23 Deactivating the Probe cee eee eee 3 24 Operator Controls oxoooroconscio nia 3 25 Control Panel Map ooccccccococcccccc eee eee eee 3 25 Preset Koys vicio a ebbe 3 26 Measurement and Annotation oocoooocooo 3 27 Mode Display and Record suuuussuse 3 29 Keyboard ix soc sochbesSe ria 3 31 Special Key Function rae ira
244. opsy procedure The image must be live to avoid a positioning error Biopsy guidezones are intended to assist the user in determining optimal probe placement and approximate the needle path However actual needle movement is likely to deviate from the guideline Always monitor the relative positions of the biopsy needle and the subject mass during the procedure The use of biopsy devices and accessories that have not been evaluated for use with this equipment may not be compatible and could result in injury Refer to the list of recommended accessories and supplies in the section of chapter 15 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 25 2234813 100 Rev 1 Biopsy Special Concerns Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures cont d CAUTION The invasive nature of biopsy procedures requires proper preparation and technique to control infection and disease transmission Equipment must be cleaned as appropriate for the procedure prior to use e Follow the probe cleaning and disinfection procedures and precautions to properly prepare the probe e Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the cleaning of biopsy devices and accessories e Use protective barriers such as gloves and probe sheaths e After use follow proper procedures for decontamination cleaning and waste disposal CAUTION Improper cleaning methods and the use of certain cleaning and IN disinfecting agents can cause damage to the plastic compone
245. or Osaka University The last 3 pages depending on the number of fetuses are summaries that compare all fetuses It contains the following Fetus Pos Fluid Biophys HR BPM AFI USA Only Placenta Membrane Fetus position This 10 character string is common between pages 1 2 and 3 An estimate of the amount of aminotic fluid Common between pages 1 2 and 3 Total biophysical profile score from page 3 Heart rate in beats per minute from page 1 Amniotic Fluid Index summary from page 1 Shows location fetus grade and previa yes no or partial Shows location between fetus to fetus 91 MGOB Multigestational OB Graph 52 GE Medical Systems ID LMP GA 08 26 97 With the Multigestational Option the OB Graph selection includes pages to display graphs for individual fetuses as well as a graph to plot all fetuses simultaneously For individual fetus reports the fetus is designated by fetus ID and total number of fetuses i e Fetus A 3 or Fetus B 2 Change the fetus pages by moving the highlight cursor to or gt and pressing Set 01 13 98 AGE AO EO Ref MD NOTE FETUS B 4 gt Page FETAL GROWTH CURVE BPD HADLOCK GA OPE 20WOD BPD 2SD 2SD GA BPD EDD BPD lt COMMAND gt LIST ID SAVE CHANGE GRAPH INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS EXIT Figure 9 24 OB Graph Multigestational Option USA Version If all fetuses are display
246. or overwrite or Clear to not save Data is reset in preset1 Preset 1 Setup data has NA been reset Duplication is not allowed Change code Measurement amp Select Table Edit to Calculation edit table Miscellaneous In progress Please wait The comment library code has been duplicated The system needs Several seconds to do something Change the code Select Table Edit to edit table Table 15 6 Operation Guide Message Description LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 2 Assistance Assistance Clinical Questions For information call your local Applications Sales or Service Representative For USA GE Clinical Answer Center at 1 800 682 5327 or Only 414 524 5698 Service Questions For service call your local Service Representative For USA GE CARES at 1 800 437 1171 Only Literature To request the latest GE Accessories catalog or equipment brochures call your local Applications Sales or Service Representative For USA Response Center at 1 800 643 6439 Only Accessories To place an order call your local Applications Sales or Service Representative For USA GE Access Center at 1 800 472 3666 Only IE Refer to the hapter for additional information 22 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Assistance Supplies Accessories CAUTION DO NOT connect any probes or accessories without approval N by GE The f
247. ormation is intended to increase user awareness of the risks of disease transmission associated with using this equipment and provide guidance in making decisions directly affecting the safety of the patient as well as the equipment user Diagnostic ultrasound systems utilize ultrasound energy that must be coupled to the patient by direct physical contact Depending on the type of examination this contact occurs with a variety of tissues ranging from intact skin in a routine exam to recirculating blood in a surgical procedure The level of risk of infection varies greatly with the type of contact One of the most effective ways to prevent transmission between patients is with single use or disposable devices However ultrasound transducers are complex and expensive devices that must be reused between patients It is very important therefore to minimize the risk of disease transmission by using barriers and through proper processing between patients Adequate cleaning and disinfection are necessary to prevent disease transmission lt is the responsibility of the equipment user to verify and maintain the effectiveness of the infection control procedures in use Always use sterile legally marketed probe sheaths for intra cavitary and intra operative procedures High level disinfection is strongly recommended for intra cavitary and intra operative probes even when probe sheathes are used Probe Cleaning Process SS NS as Hee O00 After
248. ow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the desired measurement method Press Set The Measurement Type menu will appear as shown in Figure 13 18 Report Format 03 12 98 08 40 54 OBSTETRICS EXIT DELETE TOKYO TOKYO S OSAKA HELLMAN HADLOCK CAMPBELL BERKOWITZ HANSMANN KURTZ NELSON ROBINSON JEANTY PARIS SOSTOA REMPEN ERIKSEN KOREA ASUM NTUH USER EXIT Figure 13 18 Measurement Type Menu Use the Arrow keys or the Trackball to move the cursor to the desired measurement type Press Set Repeat the previous steps as necessary to program additional Measurement items LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 To EXIT Report Format Set gt Place the cursor on EXIT and press Set to return to the Measurement setup menu The user can assign calculation menus to alphanumeric keys NOTE When changing the report format the user should alter the A N assignment of the report format To assign a calculation menu to an alphanumeric key SETUP MENU CATEGORY Select the Measurement Setup A N Assignment menu The A N Assignment menu appears as shown in Figure 13 19 A N Assignment Setup 03 12 98 08 54 53 OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 DELETE Direct key NAME A B D P G HB po t K Lt Q i W E R Toi Y Us Eh 0 Eg BPD HADLOCK HC HADLOCK AC HADLOCK FL HADLOCK AFI CRL HADLOCK G
249. own arrow key To choose the previous menu selection press the Ellipse Up arrow key 1 None 2 B W 3 Archive 4 Service 5 Printer A 6 Printer B Ellipse C e 12 No selection Black and White Printer MOD Service Port Printer A Port Printer B Port LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 Printer A Port Printer B Port Service Port Choose the type of device to be connected to the Printer A port 1 None No connection 2 Printer Line Printer Choose the type of device to be connected to the Printer B port 1 None No connection 2 Printer Line Printer 3 DMC Data Management Center 4 InSite Remote diagnostic capabilities Choose the type of device to be connected to the Service port 1 None No connection 2 Printer Line Printer 3 DMC Data Management Center 4 InSite Remote diagnostic capabilities Start OB Report Page Choose the type of initial OB Report Page display 1 Summary Page 2 Graph Page OB Trend Graph Page Choose the number of graphs displayed on the OB Trend Graph Page 1 1 Graph One graph is displayed on a page 2 5 Graphs Five graphs are displayed on a page Choose the default author name for calculating the growth percentile of estimated fetal weight and EFW graph 1 Hadlock 2 William 3 Brenner LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1
250. pas ou paineis Solicite assist ncia t cnica por pessoal qualificado Peligro de descargas el ctricas No saque las cubiertas ni los paneles El servicio debe realizarlo el personal cualiticado gua ASO RELI HHU Sum S USAR aaae BEA AHISAEHH CIELO ID VORSICHT Explosionsgefahr Nicht in Gegenwart brennbarer Narkosegase verwenden For continued protection against fire or shock hazard Replace only with same type and rating of Fuse XHRDfBRMER D SuncTuc Ea ZAcCAZROC E Zum dauerhaften Ger teschutz und zur Vermeidung elektrischer Schl ge nur Sicherungen des gleichen Typs und Nennwertes verwenden Les fusibles de remplacement doivent respecter le type et le calibre specifi s pour la tension r seau choisie DANGER infiammabili Risque d explosion Ne pas employer en pr sence d anesth siques inflammables PERIC Possibilit di esplosione se il sistema usato in presenza di gas anestetici Poss vel explos o se usado na Sostituire i fusibili utilizzando soltanto fusibili dello stesso tipo dimensione e valori di corrente Para protec o cont nua contra fogo ou choque Substitua somente com fus vel do mesmo lipo e capacidade Como protecci n continua contra descargas el ctricas e incendios reemplace el fusible s lo por orto que sea del mismo tipo y del mismo amperaje HL BAO 2130 REU BEAL 2 5 2219 FAB ABA PERIGO Grounding reliability can onl
251. pe necessary comments LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Gestational Age Error Markers 22 BPD HADLOCK CRL HADLOCK Whenever three or more gestational age measurements are included in the CGA the arithmetic mean of the included gestational age an arrow marker may appear on the OB Report Page to mark the GA which is farthest from the CGA This arrow is immediately to the right of the gestational age This makes it easy to spot the outlying measurement Hospital Name Oper ID 01 13 98 ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP GA 08 21 97 GH PH AR ER NOTE POS PLAC Page 1 4 FLUID PREVIA GRADE CUA GPS CALCULATION Y 56 4mm 23W2D 12D gt 97 CI 70 86 Y 194mm 21W4D 10D 80 FL BPD 71 87 64 7mm FL AC 20 24 Y 174mm 22W2D 14D 89 FL HC 14 2 16 8 48 3mm HC AC 1 06 1 23 62 Omm 37 7mm 22W0D 13D 84 EFW FL AC HC BPD 483g 73g lb loz GP gt 97 HADLOCK AFI mm 82 7 HEART RATE BPM 65 BIOPHYS 10 10 GA OPE EDD GA 05 28 98 CUA EDD CUA 05 20 98 Figure 9 7 Error Markers USA OB Report Page LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report OB Report Layout The OB Report Page provides a collection of Patient Data Exam Measurements Calculations and comments Each OB method report page is illustrated Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP GA
252. ph function from the OB Calculation menu Five additional commands are displayed on the OB Graph that relate to the Fetal Trend Management option as shown in Figure 9 19 These commands are LIST ID Displays a list by patient ID number SAVE Saves Patient information on the system memory CHANGE GRAPH Changes the measurement value graphed performs the same function as in the basic OB calculation package INPUT PREV DATA Displays a past exam data for the specified patient LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 37 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Saving Data cont d Hospital Name Oper ID YY MM DD ID AGE LMP GA YY MM DD GO PO AO EO Ref MD Page 4 4 FETAL GROWTH CURVE CRL JEANTY 90 10 GA OPE W D CRL mm GA CRL W D EDD CRL yy mm dd lt COMMAND s gt LIST ID SAVE CHANGE GRAPH INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS Figure 9 19 OB Graph Display Type of Data Saved The type of data that is recorded during the SAVE function is 1 Date and Time 2 Patient Name and ID 3 Calculated EDC or EDD 4 Measurement Author s Name 5 Measured or Calculated Data 38 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Save Command gt Fetal Trend Management NOTE To avoid any trouble in searching later it is better to have all patient information entered before saving Use the Trackball to highlight the SAVE command and press Set If patien
253. plication are used automatically Storing the Probe It is recommended that all probes be stored in the carrying case provided To store a probe First place the probe connector into the carrying case 2 Carefully wind the cable into the carrying case Carefully place the probe head into the carrying case DO NOT use excessive force or impact the probe head LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 23 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Deactivating the Probe When deactivating the probe the probe is automatically placed in standby mode To deactivate a probe 1 Press the Freeze key 2 Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe 3 Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard toward the probe holder 4 Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder Probes can be disconnected at any time regardless of whether the console is powered on However the probe should not be selected as the active probe To disconnect a probe Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise 2 Pullthe probe and connector straight out of the probe port 3 Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard 4 Ensure the cable is free 5 Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box 24 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Operator Controls
254. port page Enter from O to 99 PPSA Coefficient 2 EC UP Set the desired default PPSA Coefficient 2 for the PPSA calculation on the Urology Report page Enter from 0 to 99 Growth Data Reference Choose which unit of fetal age will be used as a standard to get the Growth Data Reference 1 Pregnancy Origin GA used as a standard 2 CUA AUA CGA CUA AUA CGA used as a standard Hip Orientation Choose the type of Hip Orientation method to be used for scanning the infant hip 1 cranial left cranial structures left caudal structures right 2 caudal left caudal structures left cranial structures right FS NOTE It is possible to return to the previous menu through the A N Assignment menu Select EXIT at the bottom of each menu box and press Set 42 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Measurement Setup page 8 of 11 Cardiac Calculation Sub Menu EC UP SETUP MENU COMMAND The LOGIQ 200 PRO Series allows for setting the default Analysis method for Cardiac Calculation The Cardiac Calculation Setup menu appears as shown in Figure 13 23 Cardiac Calculation 03 12 98 08 37 51 EXIT SAVE DELETE LV Analysis method Single Plane Ellipsoid Biplane Ellipsoid Modified Simpson s Rule Bullet M mode Analysis method Left Right Ventricle Mitral Valve Aortic Valve Palmonic Valve Tricuspid Valve Figure 13 23 Cardiac Calculation Setup menu LOGIQ 200 PRO
255. pose Wide field of view general purpose probe for Penetration obtaining B Mode Good image uniformity Good B Mode Resolution Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Biopsy capability LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Linear Array Probes There are currently seven linear probes for the system the LH LE Ll LT LB LD MI and ERB probes ES NOTE ERB probe is a multitype probe used both for convex and linear Biopsy Guideline The type of guide displayed for the linear probe is illustrated below The LH probe is a linear Small Parts High Resolution probe for obtaining Mammography Wideband for B Mode B Mode within the resolution 8 intended uses homogenity Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning The LE probe is a linear General Purpose Wide field of view probe for obtaining Radiolo Biopsy capability B Mode within the UN intended uses 22 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Linear Array Probes cont d Probe Description Intended Capabilities Uses and Features The LI probe is a intra operative probe for obtaining B Mode within the intended uses The LT probe is a intra operative probe for obtaining B Mode within the intended uses The LD probe is a intraoperative linear probe for obtaining B Mode within the intended uses The 9Lb probe is a general purpose linear probe for obtaining B Mode LB The LB p
256. probe orientation marker to the desired default position on the body pattern Use the Rotation Focus knob to rotate the probe orientation marker to a desired angle Q e bed Press Set to complete the selection for that menu position Repeat the previous steps as necessary to customize the entire body pattern package Body Pattern Deletion Ellipse Use the Ellipse up or down arrow keys to cycle to the blank body pattern selection 0 Press Set to record a blank space for that body pattern location 30 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Comment Setup page 7 of 11 SETUP MENU Comment Setup 03 12 98 08 31 50 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE Comment Erase at Display Change 2 1 Yes 2 No Comment Home Position Horizontal 4 1 56 Comment Home Position Vertical 4 1 26 LIBRARY KEY CODE TEXT Lib 1 3 VESSEL CORD Lib 2 4 CHAMBER HEART Lib 3 AMNION Lib 4 BLADDER Lib 5 CEREBELLUM Lib 6 CHORION Lib 7 CORD INSERTION Lib 8 DIAPHRAGM Lib 9 FEMUR Liblo H FETAL POLE Libll GESTATIONAL SAC Libl2 HUMERUS Libl3 KIDNEYS Libl4 LAT VENTRICLE Libl5 NUCHAL FOLD Libl6 RADIUS ULNA Lib17 SPINE Libl8 STOMACH Libl9 TIB FIB YOLK SAC naaman WOHGKHAH ZO Lib20 Figure 13 14 Comment Setup menu Comment Erase at Display Change E
257. ps that are steeper than ten degrees to avoid tipping over the system Utilize additional care and personnel when moving on steep incline 25 or loading into a vehicle for transport Always use the rear handle to move the system DO NOT attempt to move the console using any cables or fixtures such as the probe connectors Use the brake located on the bottom of the system in the front when necessary Do not let the system strike walls or door frames Use extra care when crossing door or elevator thresholds Once the destination is reached lock the wheels The system weighs approximately 76 kg 168 lbs To avoid possible injury and equipment damage e Be sure the pathway is clear e Limit movement to a slow careful walk LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Transporting the System System Positioning Transporting Use extra care when transporting the system using vehicles In addition to the instructions used when moving the system refer to 77 do the following 1 Only use vehicles that are designed for transport of the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system Load and unload the system to a vehicle parked ona level surface Ensure that the transporting vehicle can handle the weight of the system plus the passengers Ensure that the load capacity of the lift a minimum of 76 kg 168 lbs is recommended is capable of handling the weight of the system Ensure that the lift is in g
258. pters for a complete discussion of each control Be sure to have read and understood control explanations for each Mode intended to be used before attempting to adjust the Acoustic Output control or any control that can affect Acoustic Output Use the minimum necessary output to get the best diagnostic image or measurement during an examination Begin the exam with the probe that provides an optimum focal depth and penetration LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Controls All Acoustic Output Direct Significant The middle setting is a factory preset determined to be a reasonable setting for all exams Use presets to set the output preferred by scan mode and exam combination B M Depth FOV Indirect Minor Probe dependent operator preset Focal Zone Position Indirect Minor Probe dependent system preset and Number Table 2 3 Controls Affecting Acoustic Output Acoustic Output Default Levels In order to assure that an exam does not start at a high output level the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series initiates scanning at a reduced or default output level for each probe The reduced level takes effect when the system is powered on a new patient is entered or when changing probes Factory probe default settings are CBF CAE MTZ CZB LH 8096 8096 8096 80 80 LE LI LT LB LD 80 80 80 80 80 CS 10L SY ERB 3Cb 80 100 80 80 80 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1
259. r the interaction of ultrasound energy with tissue can produce a number of non thermal or mechanical effects The most significant is cavitation which results from the action of the oscillating ultrasound pressure on tiny gas bubbles within the tissues Cavitation has caused mechanical damage on a cellular level such as microscopic tears and hemorrhage in laboratory tests with small animals The major contributing factors can again be categorized as either tissue characteristics or control parameters e The physical characteristics of tissue such as the presence and size of microscopic gas bubbles and the sensitivity of the tissue to the effects of cavitation will influence the potential for and magnitude of cavitation Acoustic field parameters like output frequency peak pulse amplitudes and perhaps pulse length are the primary parameters affecting the onset of cavitation These are controllable by the operator through appropriate equipment selections Although it is generally accepted that no harmful biological effects have been demonstrated at the frequency intensity and exposure times used in diagnostic examinations research into the potential for harmful effects continues The operator is encouraged to survey the literature for future developments on bioeffects and to become familiar with the references at the end of this section LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Operator Awareness and
260. r Recall 12 15 Media Format 12 11 MO Eject 12 16 MOD 12 10 Patient Search 12 12 12 13 12 14 Storing Images 12 12 Area Size B Mode 5 8 2 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO B Mode ATO ROI Size 5 15 5 16 B M Gain 5 12 Biopsy Guidelines 5 15 5 16 Circumference Area 7 8 Display 5 2 Display Format Dual 5 9 Distance Measurement 7 6 Dual Format 5 9 Dynamic Range 5 13 Echo Level Measurement 7 12 Edge Enhance 5 13 Focus Combination 5 11 Focus Position 5 12 Frame Averaging 5 11 Gray Scale Map 5 14 Image Rotation 5 9 Optimizing the Image 5 6 Penetration 5 10 Rejection 5 15 5 16 Reverse 5 10 Scan Area size 5 8 TGC 5 7 Typical Exam 5 2 B M Gain 3 30 B Mode 5 12 M Mode 5 19 5 20 B W Video Page Printer 12 6 Beta Hip Dysplasia 8 20 Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 15 Bioeffects ALARA 16 8 Concerns surrounding diagnostic ultrasound 16 2 Mechanical 16 4 Operator awareness 16 5 Thermal 16 3 Tissue characteristics 16 5 Training and user assistance 16 9 Biological Hazard 2 3 2 7 Biopsy Depth Cursor 5 15 Guidelines 5 15 5 16 Procedures Accessories amp supplies 14 27 Guide attachment 14 30 Probes 14 36 Special concerns 14 25 Blue Shift 6 13 Body Patterns 3 27 6 15 6 16 Illustrations Patterns Available 6 16 6 17 Bullet Method 10 12 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index Inde
261. r Utility 03 12 98 08 59 32 COMMAND EXIT Backup amp Reload Preset Data Backup amp Reload OB User Table Backup amp Reload OB Trend Data Backup amp Reload Initialize Media Initialize DEFF formatting Figure 12 4 User Utility Menu Press Set The following messages are displayed during the disk initialization and formatting process Set to Formatting Clear to Cancel Esc to Exit Insert the disk and press Y to continue or N to quit If Y is pressed Initializing now appears The disk format function is in progress Disk Verification If the MOD is not inserted into the drive the following message is displayed MEDIA IS EITHER UNMOUNTED OR UNFORMATTED LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Images Storing Images The Record 1 amp 2 keys can be programmed in the General System 2 Setup Menu page 2 By selecting Image Archive for the Record1 or Record2 selection these keys automatically store the image to MOD when pressed The following message is displayed during the storage process In Progress Please wait Patient Search Press the Archive key to display the Archive Search menu Refer to Figure 12 5 IMAGE ARCHIVE SEARCH MENU PATIENT NAME PATIENT ID DATE MM DD YY d FILE PT ID PT NAME DATE 0002 123 45 67890 SMITH MART L 02 07 98 0034 123 45 67890 SMITH MART L 08 07 97 0035 611
262. r just to the right side of the right image 1 Yes Focus markers will be displayed to the right of both the right and left images 2 No Only one focus marker is displayed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 25 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Image Display amp Application Setup page 5 of 11 Cine Gauge at Freeze EC UP Choose to have the Cine gauge initially displayed when Cine is activated 1 Yes Cine gauge displayed 2 No Cine gauge not displayed Cine Frame Skip EC UP Choose the method for storing images for Cine 1 Yes Store every other frame 2 No Store all frames TGC Curve Display EC UP Choose to display the TGC curve in B Mode 1 Yes TGC Curve displayed 2 No TGC Curve not displayed NOTE The TGC curve is displayed only during full B Mode display Biopsy Guide MTZ EC UP Choose the default value for the MTZ Probe Biopsy Guideline in degrees 1 Off Disable Guideline 2 0deg 0 degrees 3 5deg 5 degrees Biopsy Guide 10L EC UP Choose the default type for the 10L Probe Biopsy Guideline 1 Off Disable Guideline 2 33 deg 33 degrees 3 45 deg 45 degrees 4 UP2 UP2 type Guideline Trackball Func at Freeze EC UP Choose the default function assigned to the Trackball when the image is frozen 1 No No function assigned 2 Meas Trackball assigned to the measurement function 3 Body Trackball assigned to the Body Pattern function 4 Comment Trackball assigned to the Comment function Choo
263. ration oooooooooccoco Use of Transaxial Probe with Volume Stepper Device Stepper Volume Calculation Stepper Volume Formula 0ooooccocoooccooomo Description 3s vos vo noe vendredi a Prerequisite 00 eee eee Area Measurement for Each Slice Step Increment Chapter 12 Recording Images Archiving Images csse cna xg ede Rows Image Memory seeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee A scar dscand giandiiannaianoadae Heul hints nont Ret RES AERE PER Peripheral Devices 20 0c cece eee eee Black White Video Page Printer Operations Multi lmage Camera MIC IIE Model 460 Video cassette recorder VCR 0000e ee eee MOD Image Archive option 20000 Chapter 13 Customizing Your System Introduction ccc eee eee eee eee OVEIVIOWS ouo cine d rex dob b gane d dod hina cand Setup Menu Command Lines 0000 005 Basic Operation sisina saou ii 00sec eee eens Menu Structure 00cc cece eee e eee neues General System 1 Setup page 1 of 11 General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 Probe Parameter 1 Setup page 3 of 11 Probe Parameter 2 Setup page 4 of 11 Image Display amp Application Setup page 5 of 11 Body Pattern Setup page 6 of 11 Comment Setup page 7 of 11 oooo m ooo Measurement Setup pa
264. re the correct patient identification appears on all screens and hard copy prints The Patient Entry Menu appears on the display monitor PATIENT ENTRY MENU EXAM CATEGORY SELECTION 2 1 RAD ABDOMEN 2 3 GYNECOLOGY 4 CARDIOLOGY 5 UROLOGY 6 SMALL PARTS 7 USERDEFINE1 8 USER DEFINE2 PT NAME PT ID NOTE Oper ID EXAM INFORMATION AGE yrs PREGNANCY ORIGIN DATA SELECTION 1 LMP 2 BBT 3 EDD4 GA LMP tyy mm dd EDD yy mm dd BBT tyy mm dd EDD yyy mm dd GA DEWSD GRAVIDA PARA AB ECTOPIC D Ref MD Enter Past Exam Data Sub menu COMMENT EXIT Figure 4 1 Patient Entry Menu NOTE The question Do you really want to change patient can be enabled or disabled in Patient Entry Setup LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam Beginning a New Patient cont d The first Data Entry field is presented in reversed display with the selected cursor in position for the first character to be entered Select from 8 examination categories Radiology Abdominal Obstetrics Gynecology Cardiology Urology Small Parts User Define1 and User Define2 The category should be selected before the start of the examination The patient information input menu changes depending on the Category Information pertinent to the selected exam category appears in an abbreviated menu The USER DEFINE1 and 2 fields 7 8 can be input 15 characters maximum in the User D
265. rea Diastole LVAs Left Ventricular Area Systole End Diastole Volume End Systole Volume Stroke Volume Ejection Fraction Heart Rate beats min ute dV sV V O F HR PHT VA ET 16 one area by ellipse trace or circle one area by ellipse trace or circle one distance and two areas by ellipse trace or circle one distance and two areas by ellipse trace or circle two distances and four areas by ellipse trace or circle two distances and four areas by ellipse trace or circle and one 2 beat time in terval two distances and four areas by ellipse trace or circle one 2 beat time interval Pressure Half Time PHT t1 ms or sec Mitral Valve Area one pressure half time MVA cm 2 220 PHT interval LVAd a1 cm 2 LVAs a1 cm 2 EdV ml 8 3 x x LVAd 2 LVLd EsV ml 8 3 x X LVAs 2 LVLs SV ml EdV EsV CO 1 min SVxHR 1000 EF SV EdVx100 HR BPM 120 sec 2 beat time sec Table 10 6 Single Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method Formulas LVMLd Left Ventricle Medial Later one distance LVMLd d1 cm or mm al Dimension Diastole LVMLs Left Ventricle Medial Later one distance LVMLs d1 cm or mm al Dimension Systole LVAMd Left Ventricular Area Mitral one area by ellipse trace or LVAMd a1 cm 2 Valve Diastole circle LVAMs Left Ve
266. ress Set or the down Arrow key Type in the author s name maximum 10 characters Press Set or the down Arrow key FS NOTE The Return key can be used to cycle through the menu selections To make a choice press Set Type in any desired notes maximum 30 characters Press Set or the down Arrow key Type in the minimum or beginning data value for the table maximum 4 digits Press Set or the down Arrow key Type in the interval value between each table data point maximum 4 digits Press Set or the down Arrow key The selection Table Edit should now be highlighted Press Set or Return FS NOTE The Return key can be used to cycle through the menu selections To make a choice press Set Use the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor on the desired Menu choice 1 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure General System 2 Setup page 2 of 11 To enter table values The User Table Edit Screen shown in Figure 13 8 allows for adding data editing data or clearing deleting a User Table SETUP MENU User Table Setup 03 12 98 08 11 33 TABLE TBL1 UNIT mm PAGE 1 4 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE SETUP x1 owop 2 owop owop owop owop owop owop OWODE owop owop OWOD owop owop owop owop owop owop owop owop owop OWOD OWOD OWODE owop owop Figure 13 8 User Table Edit Screen For each data point the weeks 2 digits days
267. ress measurements FREEZE before completing measurements No correct data left The system no longer Enter new has correct data measurements Invalid Area The Area is not valid Measure valid Area Invalid Data The data input is not Enter valid data valid New Patient Invalid Input proper Improper data has been Input valid data ID Name Function data input Data range over Input The input data is too Numbers too large proper data large Improper Data Selected Improper data has been Input proper data input Miscellaneous No function s is defined No function is defined for Use setup menu to the User Define key that define was pressed Table 15 5 Operation Error Message Description 20 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operation Guide Message Description Problem Message Category Press Set to overwrite preset 1 or press Clear Preset amp Setup Function Press Set to overwrite preset 2 or press Clear Data is saved in preset 1 Data is saved in preset 2 Possible Cause The system requires user to overwrite data to preset 1 The system requires user input to overwrite data to preset 2 The system completed saving the data that was requested The system completed saving the data that was requested Troubleshooting Possible Corrective Action Press either Set for overwrite or Clear to not save Press either Set f
268. ress the bottom portion O of the power switch e Disconnect the probes Clean or sanitize all probes as necessary Store them in their shipping cases to avoid damage LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 7 2234813 100 Rev 1 Adjusting the Display Monitor Adjusting the Display Monitor Rotate tilt raise and lower the monitor CAUTION 18 The monitor position can be adjusted for easy viewing The monitor can be rotated around it s central pivot point The monitor can be tilted for the optimum viewing angle e The monitor arm can be raised or lowered for the best viewing height c Figure 3 8 Monitor Movement Monitor height adjustment requires the release of the locking mechanism After an adjustment is made ensure that the mechanism is locked to prevent unexpected motion When moving the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series system lower the monitor to its lowest possible position to improve stability LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Adjusting the Display Monitor Brightness and Contrast Adjusting the monitor s contrast and brightness is one of the most important factors for proper image quality If these controls are set incorrectly the Gain TGC Dynamic Range and even Acoustic Output may have to be changed more often than necessary to compensate The proper setup displays a complete gray scale The lowest level of black should just disappear into the background and the
269. results are not satisfactory Press Measurement Display line 1 appears again Press Clear to repeat or finish Press the HIP key to start HIP measurement LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Overview Exam Preparation Exam Preparation Prior to an ultrasound examination the patient should be informed of the clinical indication specific benefits potential risks and alternatives if any In addition if the patient requests information about the exposure time and intensity it should be provided Patient access to educational materials regarding ultrasound is strongly encouraged to supplement the information communicated directly to the patient Furthermore these examinations should be conducted in a manner and take place in a setting which assures patient dignity and privacy e Prior material knowledge and approval of the presence of nonessential personnel with the number of such personnel kept to a minimum e An intent to share with the parents either during the examination or shortly thereafter the information derived e An offer of choice about viewing the fetus e An offer of choice about learning the sex of the fetus if such information becomes available Ultrasound examinations performed solely to satisfy the family s desire to know the fetal sex to view the fetus or to obtain a picture of the fetus should be discouraged LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 223481
270. rints Identification errors could result in an incorrect diagnosis Diagnostic Equipment malfunction or incorrect settings can result in information measurement errors or failure to detect details within the image The equipment user must become thoroughly familiar with the equipment operation in order to optimize its performance and recognize possible malfunctions Applications training is available through the local GE representative Added confidence in the equipment operation can be gained by establishing a quality assurance program Mechanical Damaged probes or improper use and manipulation of hazards intracavitary probes can result in injury or increased risk of infection Inspect probes often for sharp pointed or rough surface damage that could cause injury or tear protective barriers Never use excessive force when manipulating intracavitary probes Become familiar with all instructions and precautions provided with special purpose probes 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Safety Precautions Related Hazards cont d J Y e Electrical Hazard Acoustic Output Hazard Niles Training A damaged probe can also increase the risk of electric shock if conductive solutions come in contact with internal live parts Inspect probes often for cracks or openings in the housing and holes in and around the acoustic lens or other damage that could allow liquid entry Become familiar with the probe
271. rmulas Tokyo University Method CTAR EF HR Jis Jo JF Je Ji Ju Jk Ju Js BPD AxT AC FL EFW1 EFW2 LV EFW3 GS CRL Figure 9 1 Tokyo University Calculation Direct Keys Calc Input Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements HR Heart Rate beats minute Author Reference HR BPM n a 120 sec 2beat time sec one 2 beat time Measured manually or automatically GS Gestational one distance Curve data is available in Tokyo University Sac Chapter 17 Method 1986 CRL Crown Rump one distance Length FL 6 by Univ of Tokyo Femur one distance Length Biparietal Diameter Antero posterior Trunk Diameter Transverse Trunk Diameter EFBW Estimated Fetal Body Weight CTAR Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio EF Ejection Fraction D APTD D LV Length of one distance Vertebra TT one distance Bu 7 Average of BPD Average EFBW 1 07 x BPD 3 of APTD Average of TTD 43 42 x APTD x TTD x and Average of FL FL CTAR Y Chiba Fetal Diagn d1 x d2 d3 x d4 x Ther 1990 5 175 100 188 or a1 a2x 100 EF 1 Ds 8 Dd 3 four distances or two areas two distances on M Mode End diastolic dimension and End systolic dimension on M Mode Table 9 1 OB Calculation Formulas Tokyo University LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas Tokyo University Method cont d Calc Calc Input Author Mnemonic Name Measur
272. robe is a linear probe for obtaining B Mode within the intended uses Intraoperative Intraoperative General Purpose Radiology OB GYN Intra operative imaging Small parts High Resolution LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probe Discussion Intraoperation High Resolution Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Intraoperation High Resolution Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning Wide field of view Intraoperative Wideband for B Mode resolution amp homogenity Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning High Resolution Wideband for B Mode resolution homogenity Ergonomics for scanning and cleaning 23 Probe Discussion Sector Array Probes There is a currently one sector probe for the system the S317 probe Biopsy Guideline The type of guide displayed for the linear probe is illustrated below 4 4 Figure 14 7 Typical Sector Probe Biopsy Guidelines The S317 probe is a general purpose sector probe for obtaining B Mode 24 Cardiology General Abdomen Small footprint Wideband for B Mode resolution amp homogenity Ergonomically designed micro case for scanning and cleaning Biopsy capability LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Biopsy Special Concerns Biopsy Special Concerns Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures WARNING A CAUTION Do not freeze the image during a bi
273. rom the box and carefully examine it for any damage Clean and then disinfect sterilize the Probe Inspect a sterile sanitary sheath Place a small amount of ultrasound gel inside the sheath tip the gel is between the sheath inner surface and the probe aperture Place the sheath tip over the probe aperture and then pull the sheath end toward the probe handle Place a rubberband twist lock over the sheath at the end of the probe shaft Ensure the rubberband twist lock is tight around the sheath Rub your finger over the tip of the probe to ensure all air bubbles have been eliminated Place a small amount of ultrasound gel on the gel filled sheath tip outer surface NOTE Remember to rinse all probe sheaths of powder before placing on the probe Powder can degrade the scan image displayed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Using the Transaxial Probe Use of Transaxial Probe with Volume Stepper Device Transaxial Probe is designed to be used with the mechanical stepping device and needle placement guide The needle placement guide matches the electronic needle placement grid displayed on the LOGIQ 200 PRO Series When used with the stepper volume calculation option a stack of coins method can be used to calculate the volume of the prostate gland A typical exam consists of Placing the patient in the supine position Carefully inserting a properly prepared probe and orienting it to scan t
274. rus Height H mm HHH Hmm Hmm Right Ovary Length H mm HHH Hmm mm Right Ovary Width HHH Hmm HHH Hmm Hmm Right Ovary Height THEE Hmm HHH Hmm HHH dmm Left Ovary Length H imm HHH Hmm HHH Hmm Left Ovary Width HHH mm HHH fmm Hmm Left Ovary Height H imm HHH Hmm z Hmm Cervix Length THE imm HHH fmm HHH Hmm Cervix Width imm HHH mm T HHH dmm Cervix Height H imm HHH Hmm f mm Endometrium Thickness Hiram mm s 3HHE mm Figure 9 30 GYN Measurement Averaging Page The top portion of the page contains patient information entered into the Patient Entry Menu The middle portion of the page shows the last three measurement values made for each type and the average of the last three measurements for each type 64 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 GYN Summary Report IVF Report Page Layout The IVF Report Page provides for the measuring and reporting of the development of ovarian follicles Up to five follicles can be measured for each ovary For each follicle one to three diameters can be measured From three measurements the mean diameter and volume are calculated Hospital Name Oper ID mm dd yy ID Patient ID Name Patient Name AGE LMP OPE yy mm dd BBT LMP yy mm dd Page 3 3 Ref MD NOTE LEFT OVARY FOLLICLES D1 D2 MEAN VOLUME HHH mm Hmm iH dmm HEEL m1 THEE mm imm mm
275. s o oococcccoooomoo 9 48 Change the Number of Fetuses Luuuue 9 49 Report Page Layout 0 eee eee eee 9 50 OB Graphs i dal ia las ida 9 52 GYN Measurements ses 9 54 B MOde csse RR RIS a rara ns gad 9 54 GYN Summary Report 9 60 OVOIVIOW iussis Ehud dre ed nice doe dat dp ds 9 60 GYN Report Layout 2 9 62 GYN Calculation Formulas 0 0000000 9 63 Measurement Averaging Page Layout 9 64 IVF Report Page Layout 0 cece eee 9 65 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents Chapter 10 Cardiology Introductllon soc eren Run 10 2 OVeIVIGW iussus edet id aee eine a lc ds 10 2 Cardiology Calculations Measurement Menus 10 5 General Guidelines ooooooccoccccccrccccr o 10 6 Auto Sequence Measurement 0008 10 6 BSA Calculation Methods 00 00 10 7 LV Analysis Measurements 10 8 Cubed Teichholz Gibson Methods 10 8 Cubed Method Formulas ocoocccccccccccc 10 9 Teichholz Method Formulas Lussss 10 10 Gibson Method Formulas 0000eeeeeee 10 11 Bullet and Modified Simpson s Rule Methods 10 12 Bullet Method Formulas oooccoccccccccco o 10 13 Modified Simpson s Rule Method Formulas 10 14 Single Plane Ellipsoid Methods
276. s Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Measurement amp Formulas Osaka University Method a Jw Je JR Jr Jv Js Jo JE J Jb BPD FTA HL FL EFBW GS Ju Ju Jo Je J MO CRL CTAR EF HR Figure 9 2 Osaka University Calculation Direct Keys Calc Input Author Mnemonic Calc Name Measurements Reference Heart Rate one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec beats minute Measured manually or 2beat time sec Basil Crown Rump one distance Curve data is available in Osaka University Length Chapter 17 Method 1989 3 by Univ of Osaka Femur one distance Length BPD Biparietal one distance Diameter Humerus one distance Length Fetal Trunk Cross Sectional Area Estimated Fetal Body Weight Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio Ejection Fraction Amniotic Fluid Index one area Average of BPD Average of FTA and Average of FL four distances or two areas two distances on M Mode End diastolic dimension and End systolic dimension on M Mode four distances APTD input EFBW 1 25647x BPD 3 3 50655 X FTA x FL 6 3 lt 5000g IUGR 1 229 x BPD 343 063 x FTA x FL 24 6 Curve data is available in Chapter 17 CTAR d1 x d2 d3 x d4 x 100 or a1 a2 x 100 EF 1 Ds 3 Dd 3 AFI AFI1 dis tance AFI2 dis tance AFI3 dis tance AFI4 distance Y Chiba Fetal Diagn Ther 1990 5 175 188 Dr Rutherford Dr Phelan OB GYN Volume 70 No 3 Part 1 p 353 6 Sept
277. s Overview Probe Cleaning Process cont d A ERB 9 Mireia 4 gt gt S317 Ig l3 5j oo Contact face within Fluid Level Aperature Patient Environment Figure 14 4 Probe Immersion Levels LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Probes Overview Disinfecting probes SS SA 0000 After Each Use CAUTION B 14 Ultrasound probes can be disinfected using liquid chemical germicides The level of disinfection is directly related to the duration of contact with the germicide Increased contact time produces a higher level of disinfection 296 Glutaraldehyde based solutions have been shown to be very effective for this purpose Cidex is the only germicide that has been evaluated for compatible with the material used to construct the probes In order for liquid chemical germicides to be effective all visible residue must be removed during the cleaning process Thoroughly clean the probe as described earlier before attempting disinfection 1 Prepare the germicide solution according to the manufacturer s instructions Be sure to follow all precautions for storage use and disposal 2 Place the cleaned and dried probe surface in contact with the germicide solution for the time specified by the germicide manufacturer High level disinfection for surface and cavity probes can be accomplished by soaking according to the contact time recommended by the germicide manufa
278. s acoustic output freeze then this shall be Freeze stated as yes otherwise it shall be stated as no Transducer to transducer output face distance Ww RA mm Typical value for the transducer stand off distance If the trans ducer assembly is normally used in contact with the patient then this shall be specified contact system Table 16 2 Key to IEC Table Value cont d LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables CBF CAE MTZ Probe Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode pws 0 eee A ome ome Wpb6 mm 1 67 1 67 2 14 2 14 2 40 2 40 COS ese sor EE ses EA A Output Beam Dim mm 10 20 10 20 9 20 9 20 8 20 8 20 MaximumPower w feaj ww ee wwa faj pap pee ye e e n n n n n n n a n n a n n n a y y y n n n n y Initialization Mode m a a n a a a a a a a a a a a a a S S S pos 060 00 555 00 Table 16 3 CBF CAE MTZ IEC Acoustic Output Information ELA 1 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables CZB LH LE Probe Parameter B B M B B M B B M Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode E Um is tm mm 5 21 5 21 1 19 1 19 4 72 4 72 L mm 7 80 7 80 15 50 15 50 31 02 31 02 Wsmamwrmw gt uo gt pesp es wewa pre pee fe n n n a ye e y ye yes n n n n y Initialization Mode ma a n a a a a a a a a a a a a a S S S Acous
279. se the default to have the ECG waveform displayed on the monitor 1 Yes ECG displayed 2 No ECG not displayed ECG Filter EC UP Choose the default to have the desired frequency of ECG filtering 50Hz 60Hz 1 50Hz 50Hz filtering 2 60Hz 60Hz filtering 26 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Image Display amp Application Setup page 5 of 11 ECG Gain EC UP R Choose the default value for ECG gain Choose from 10 to 10 in 2 digit increments ECG Position EC UP R Choose the default position horizontal for the ECG display Choose from 50 to 50 in 2 digit increments B Cine Gauge with ECG EC UP Choose the relative default position for the B Cine Gauge with ECG pointer which displays where on the ECG Cycle on the displayed image was taken Choose from 99 to 99 in 1 digit increments L R Keeping Freeze EC UP Choose the default to have the inactive display keep freeze after active side change in the dual Mode 1 Yes Inactive side keeps freeze 2 No Inactive side melt Zoom Reference EC UP Choose to have the zoom reference image available or not available as the default 1 Yes Reference image available in zoom 2 No No reference image in zoom ATO Method EC UP R Choose the default ATO Auto Tissue Optimization method 1 Auto Automatic ATO size adjustment 2 Manual Manual ATO size adjustment Probe Selection Using the Ellipse Up Down arrow k
280. set Data Backup amp Reload DOUD 48 Using the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor press Set for Preset Data Backup and Reload Set to Save Clear to Reload Esc to Exit is displayed Press Set All of the preset data except OB data is saved in the optional MOD Press Clear All of the preset data saved in the optional MOD is reloaded LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure User Utility page 11 of 11 Backup and Reload cont d OB User Table Backup amp Reload Using the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor press E ll al T A Set for OB User Table Backup amp Reload Set to Save Clear to Reload Esc to Exit is displayed Set Press Set All of the OB User Tables are saved in the optional Ey Press Clear All of the OB User Tables saved in the optional MOD are reloaded OB Trend Data Backup 8 Reload Using the Arrow keys or Trackball to place the cursor press Il ul 1 Set for OB Trend Data Backup amp Reload Set to Save Clear to Reload Esc to Exit is displayed Set Press Set All of the OB Trend Data are saved in the optional ee Press Clear All of the OB Trend Data saved in the optional MOD are reloaded LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 49 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure User Utility page 11 of 11 Initialize Media Initialize DOUD
281. set to Yes This preset is ECG waveform available in the Image 8 Application Setup Sub menu Accessing Press ECG to activate the ECG Choose the default value for ECG gain in Changing the Image Display amp Application Setup menu Choose from 10 to 10 in 2 digit increments The Rotation Focus knob is used to increase or decrease the ECG Gain during an exam Benefits Allows for displaying the ECG waveform Allows for amplitude adjustment to On or Off compensate for different levels of ECG output Values EGC gain can be adjusted from 10 to 10 in 2 digit increments LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 33 2234813 100 Rev 1 ECG Option ECG Controls cont d ECG Position B Cine Gauge with ECG Description Accessing Changing 34 Allows for the vertical positioning of the ECG waveform on the image display Choose the default position horizontal for the ECG display Choose from 50 to 50 in 2 digitincrements in the Image Display amp Ap pication Setup The Ellipse keys are used to locate the vertical ECG Position during Exam Press the Ellipse Up key to move the wave form position up Press the Ellipse Down key to move the waveform position down Allows for the relative positioning of the B Cine Gauge pointer with the ECG waveform on the image display Choose the relative default position for the B Cine Gauge pointer with ECG display Choose from 99 to 99 in 1 digit increments
282. sibles de remplacement doivent respecter le type et le calibre specifi s pour la tension r seau choisie DANGER infiammabili Risque d explosion Ne pas employer en pr sence d anesth siques inflammables PERICOLO Possibilit di esplosione se il sistema usato in presenza di gas anestetici Possivel explos o se usado na Sostituire i fusibili utilizzando soltanto fusibili dello stesso tipo dimensione e valori di corrente Para protec o cont nua contra fogo ou choque Substitua somente com fusivel do mesmo tipo e capacidade Como protecci n continua contra descargas el ctricas e incendios teemplace el fusible s lo por orto que sea del mismo tipo y del mismo amperaje SL SAS FO LOLI BIEAI S282 0 RZE AESAAT PERIGO a de anest sicos inflam veis MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY SAMSUNG GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS KOREA CLASS 1 2270969 MANUFACTURED FREQUENCY MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY 500VA 60HZ For USA Canada E MODEL Mexico SERIAL VOLTS POWER DESC For Brazil MODEL SAMSUNG GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS KOREA CLASS 1 2270970 SERIAL 120Vac 1 PHASE LOGIQ 200PRO Grounding reliability can only be achieved when this equipment is connected to a receptacle marked Hospital Only or Hospital Grade COMBA BRIEVA CH Y 2 CRL E TICO AAPM OBIE DUREE NE 3 A CAUTION United States law restricts this
283. signed to fully comply with the ENG0601 1 2 IEC60601 1 2 Class A which stipulates in medical electric equipment EMC regulations that Devices must be designed and manufactured in such a way as to remove or minimize risks connected with reasonably foreseeable environmental conditions such as magnetic fields external electronic influences electrostatic discharge pressure temperature or variances in pressure and accerleration Class A equipments are allowed in domestic establishments when used under the jurisdiction of a health care profession Proper installation following the service manual is required in order to achieve the full EMC performance of the product The product must be installed as stipulated in 4 2 Notice upon Installation of Product In case of issues related to EMC please call your service personnel Do not use the following devices near this equipment Use of these devices near this equipment could cause this equipment to malfunction DEVICES NOT TO BE USED NEAR THIS EQUIPMENT Devices which intrinsically transmit radio waves such as Cellular phone radio transceiver mobile radio transmitter radio controlled toys etc Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment Medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians patients and other people who may be around this equipment to fully comply with the above regulaion LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Ma
284. ss Diastole LVPWs Left Ventricle one distance LVPWs d1 cm or mm Posterior Wall Thickness Systole HR Heart Rate beats min one 2 beat time HR BPM 120 sec 2 ute interval beat time sec ET Table 10 3 Gibson Method Measurement Formulas LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Cardiology LV Analysis Bullet and Modified Simpson s Rule Methods Bullet and Modified Simpson s Rule Methods consist of B Mode measurements Measurements found on the Bullet Method Sub Menu are LVLd LVLs LVAMd LVAMs Left ventricular length diastole Left ventricular length systole Left ventricular area mitral valve diastole Left ventricular area mitral valve systole Measurements found on the Modified Simpson s Rule Sub Menu are LVLd LVLs LVAMd LVAMs LVAPd LVAPs Left ventricular length diastole Left ventricular length systole Left ventricular area mitral valve diastole Left ventricular area mitral valve systole Left ventricular area papillary muscles diastole Left ventricular area papillary muscles systole Items calculated and found on the Bullet and Modified Simpson s Rule Methods are HR EdV EsV SV CO EF Heart rate End diastole volume End systole volume Stroke volume Cardiac output Ejection fraction Calculation formulas can be found at the end of this section is LVLd LVLs 600 LVAMd LVAMs LVAPd LVAPs Figure 10 4 Bullet and Modified Simpson s Rule
285. t 2 3 Symbols 2 3 Heart Rate HR 8 17 9 15 HIP Hip Dysplasia 8 20 HR 9 15 LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevO Index ID Name 4 6 Image Annotation 6 9 6 12 Archiving 12 2 Freeze 6 6 Memory 12 2 12 3 Printing B W Video Page Printer 12 6 Multi lmage Camera MIC 12 8 12 9 Recall 12 4 Rotation B Mode 5 9 Zoom 6 2 Image Archive Disk Verification 12 11 Image Recall Process 12 16 Image Selection for Recall 12 15 Media Format 12 11 MO Eject 12 16 MOD 12 10 12 10 Patient Search 12 12 12 13 12 14 Storing Images 12 12 Image Memory 3 29 Image Recall 3 29 12 4 Information Requesting 15 22 IVF Report Page GYN Layout 9 65 10 Index LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 Revo Index K Key B M Gain control key 5 12 Biopsy Key 5 15 Body Pattern 3 27 Clear 3 28 Combination Key 5 11 5 13 5 21 Comment 3 27 Dynamic range key 5 13 Ellipse 3 27 Frame Ave Key 5 11 Freeze 3 30 ID Name 3 25 5 6 Image Memory 3 29 Image Recall 3 29 Left Image Key 5 9 Map Key 5 14 Measurement 3 27 Measurement Key 5 15 Mode 3 29 New Patient 3 25 3 29 5 6 Penetration Key 5 10 Preset 3 26 Record 3 30 Reverse 3 29 Reverse Key 5 10 Right Image Key 5 9 Scroll Key 5 16 Set 3 27 TGC 5 7 Zoom 3 28 Keyboard 3 25 3 31 Back Space 3 31 Blue Shift 3 31 Caps Lock 3 31 Combi Focus 3 34 Control 3 31 Escape
286. t information has been entered the patient data measurements and calculations will be saved to the system memory NOTE If measurement averaging is turned on only the average value is saved If measurement averaging is turned off only the last measured or calculated value is saved LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 39 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Save Function Messages 40 If patient information has not been entered the message displayed is Input patient s information NOTE The ID number is necessary or the SAVE function CANNOT be accomplished If all of the data is the same as a file on the data list the message displayed is Overwrite existing data Set to Yes Clear to No where Set replaces the archived file with the new file Clear causes the system to do nothing This cancels the SAVE function request If the storage memory is full especially in the case of the limited capacity of the fresh memory the message displayed is Data is full Delete needless data Eliminating needless spaces in the data entered will help to conserve storage space LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Growth Trending Users can choose the type of OB Trend Graph display in the General System 2 Setup Auto Patient Data Search menu 1 Yes Current and Stored OB data displayed 2 No Current data display only The default set
287. t key to toggle activation of the measurement cursors Use the Ellipse arrow keys to adjust the size if necessary Press Set The calculation of the residual area of the blood vessel having no stenosis is complete and the x cursor appears again LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Ellipse method cont d O 0 Q Ellipse Qi 00 continued 12 e Measurement of the lumen area of the blood vessel is second Use the Trackball to move the cursor to the start point on the vessel wall Press Set The start point cursor is set and an end point cursor appears Use the Trackball to move the end point cursor to the other end of the long axis of the vessel being measured Press the Ellipse up down arrow key A circle is displayed Press the Ellipse up arrow key to increase the ellipse size Press the Ellipse down arrow key to decrease the ellipse size NOTE Use the Measurement key to toggle activation of the measurement cursors Use the Ellipse arrow keys to adjust the size if necessary Press Set to complete the second ellipse and the Area Stenosis measurement appears LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 General Calculations Trace method e 0 0 Q Select Steno from the Calculations menu Press the Arrow up down keys or Space left right keys as necessary to display the desired menu Highlight Steno and pr
288. t the recall process press the Freeze key The system returns to the previous menu displayed To eject a disk from the drive Press the assigned User Define key For an assignment of MO Eject function to User Define key Refer to page 13 47 for details Eject MO from the drive now is displayed on the monitor The inserted MOD is then ejected from the drive automatically LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Introduction Introduction Overview The Setup function has one Top Menu This Top Menu consists of ten Setup Menus and User Utility function The ten Setup Menus are General System 1 Setup General System 2 Setup Probe Parameter 1 Setup Probe Parameter 2 Setup Image Display amp Application Setup Body Pattern Setup Comment Setup Measurement Setup Patient Entry Setup User Define Category amp Key Setup and User Utility The Top Menu is shown in Figure 13 1 FS NOTE When using Ext Video the Setup function does not work SETUP MENU Top Menu 01 13 99 11 12 35 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 Ver 3 0 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE General System 1 Setup General System 2 Setup Probe Parameter 1 Setup Probe Parameter 2 Setup Image Display amp Application Setup Body Pattern Setup Comment Setup Measurement Setup Patient Entry Setup User Define Category amp Key Setup User Utility Figure 13 1 Setup Top Menu Each Setup Menu has several items or Sub Menus in
289. that of the affected device consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment To comply with the regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class A FCC Device all interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded Use of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency interference in violation of the FCC regulations Do not use devices which intentionally transmit RF Signals cellular phones transceivers or radio controlled products in the vicinity of the equipment as it may cause performance outside the published specifications Keep the power to these type devices turned off when near this equipment The medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians patients and other people who may be around this equipment to fully comply with the above requirement LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Table of Contents T Table of Contents Front Matter Title Page Revision History 00 0c cece eee eee eee A Regulatory Requirements Regulatory Req 1 Table of Contents 2s
290. tic Output Freeze oo ox oo Table 16 4 CZB LH LE IEC Acoustic Output Information ZR A LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 1 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables LI LT LB Probe Parameter B B M B B M B B M Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode 1 11 f i Wpb6 11 mm 0 64 0 64 0 64 0 64 3 10 3 10 Output Beam Dim mm 7 60 7 60 7 60 7 60 12 50 12 20 O IET APEC Acoustic Power up Fraction wa va AF 09 Acoustic iatzaton Factor wa ws a e p Wemmmwewn a o 7 KENN Lu pw p Lu pw p rss qme Ee es EA i a a n la n la km om pr ow oo ow Table 16 5 Ll LT LB IEC Acoustic Output Information n a n a n a n a yes n n n n y n n n n y 1 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 IEC Acoustic Output Tables LD CS S317 Probe Parameter B B M B B M B B M Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode o A E au Los pos os os os os 2 Ispta mW cm 23 16 1281 22 69 10 47 38 20 38 20 36 80 36 80 52 80 52 80 Wpb amp Il mm 3 15 3 15 2 87 2 87 2 40 2 40 L mm 3 A E i 467 467 3 00 3 00 2 81 2 81 rum ism er Hz 39 15 35 49 123 60 116 03 66 26 61 78 Output Beam Dim mm 13 80 13 80 10 20 1020 13 00 13 00 L mm 35 25 3525 1410 1410 12 44 13 44 31 2 2 IL sam APF Acoustic Power up Fraction n a AI
291. ting after the OB Graph is displayed is 2 No This will display an OB Graph for the current author measurement selected When the user selects 1 Yes from the General System 2 Setup Auto Patient Data Search menu the system automatically searches the storage media and gets the data and displays the OB Trend Graph as shown in Figure 9 20 Hospital Name Oper ID YY MM DD ID AGE LMP GA YY MM DD GO PO AO EO Ref MD Page 4 4 FETAL GROWTH CURVE CRL JEANTY 90 10 GA OPE W D CRL mm GA CRL W D EDD CRL yy mm dd lt COMMANDs gt LIST ID SAVE HANGE GRAPH INPUT PREV DATA COMMENTS Figure 9 20 OB Trend Graph The system will search for like data displayed on the OB Graph If Hadlock BPD is the data displayed then the current patient s Hadlock BPD data is used with the past Hadlock BPD data to display the trend on the graph LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 41 2234813 100 Rev 1 Fetal Trend Management Patient List Management The system allows the user to manage the data that was previously stored using the Patient ID List Choose LIST ID from the OB Graph display The system displays all data found on the storage media The oldest data will have the first order number The newest data is displayed on the last page as shown in Figure 9 21 PATIENT NAME PATIENT ID EDD MM DD YY PT ID 123 45 6789012 123 45 6789037 611 02 0484812 123 67 2345698
292. tion Image Gamma EC UP P Choose the level of gamma correction applied to the image during photography Choose from 50 to 200 in 5 digit increments Needle guide Type EC UP P Choose the default biopsy needle guidezone 1 SGL Single Biopsy guidezone 2 MBX Multi Biopsy guidezone Standoff Setting EC UP P Choose a setting for the type of probe standoff 1 0ff No standoff setting selected 2 WP Water Path 3 CPL Couplant LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Probe Parameter 2 Setup page 4 of 11 SETUP MENU Probe Parameter 2 03 12 98 08 12 51 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 1 PROBE S 3 5 COMMAND EXIT SAVE DELETE B Gain 0 98 STP 2 B Dynamic Range B Edge Enhance B Gray Scale Map B Rejection M Gain M Dynamic Range M Edge Enhance M Gray Scale Map M Rejection o 30 72 STP 6 1 0 2 Low 3 Mid 4 High 1 10 0 40 STP 2 B Delta 30 72 STP 6 1 0 2 Low 3 Mid 4 High 1 10 0 40 STP 2 MOUDNMOOOUNMoO o Sweep Speed 1 Low 2 Mid 3 High Figure 13 10 Probe Parameter 2 Setup Menu B Gain EC UP P R Choose the default gain value for B Mode Enter 0 to 98 in 2 digit increments The maximum value is probe dependent and may not reach 98 B Dynamic Range EC UP P R Choose the default dynamic range value for B Mode Enter a value from 30 to 72 in 6 digit increments B Edge Enhance EC UP P R Choose the default
293. ual period date entered CGA is the Composite Gestational Age based on the measurement EDD EDC CGA is the estimated delivery date based on the measurements EFBW is the Estimated Fetal Body Weight For the US OB selection EFBW is based on the five formulas found on 9 The system automatically selects the formula based on the measurements taken If a BPD and AC are measured EFBW formula 1 is used to calculate EFBW If a HC FL and AC are measured EFBW formula 4 is used to calculate EFBW Formulas can be selected by the user in the Setup For the European OB selection EFBW is based on the formula selected in the Measurement Setup For the Tokyo University and Osaka University OB selection EFBW is based on the single formula listed in the calculation formula tables The HR measurement calculation report also cannot be edited LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 OB Summary Report Editing the OB Summary Report Cursor Movement Movement of the edit cursor on the report page can be accomplished by using the Trackball or the Arrow keys on the keyboard Edit Actions When positioned on a measurement field the Back Space or Clear keys will delete the current value in that field FS NOTE Any calculation relating to the deleted measurement field are recomputed Comments Edit The comment field consists of two lines with a total of 120 characters Use normal keyboard functions to ty
294. ues La capot ne doit tre ouvert que par un personnel qualifi A DANGER ISO fed D SEAMED a OMAR CIS ALB E ERR Possible explosion hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics Rischio di scosse elettriche i pannelli di chiusura dello strumento devono essere tolti solo dal personale qualificato Possivel choque N o remova tampas ou paineis Solicite assist ncia t cnica por pessoal qualificado Peligro de descargas el ctricas No saque las cubiertas ni los paneles El servicio debe realizarlo el personal cualificado Bao 80 219 1 HHL zum e AAS clem SHEA MUAH QRIBHA VORSICHT Explosionsgefahr Nicht in Gegenwart brennbarer Narkosegase verwenden For continued protection against fire or shock hazard Replace only with same type and rating of Fuse AUDE I RREN EI ZERRATU E Zum dauerhaften Ger leschutz und zur Vermeidung elektrischer Schlage nur Sicherungen des gleichen Typs und Nennwertes verwenden Les fusibles de remplacement doivent respecter le type et le calibre specifi s pour la tension r seau choisie DANGER infiammabili Risque d explosion Ne pas employer en pr sence d anesth siques inflammables PERICOLO Possibilit di esplosione se il sistema usato in presenza di gas anestetici Possivel explos o se usado na Sostituire i fusibili utilizzando soltanto fusibili dello stesso tipo dimensione e valori di corrente Para
295. uite 100 Laurel MD USA 20707 5906 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Thermal Bioeffect Bioeffects As with most forms of energy ultrasound is attenuated as it passes through tissue and is converted to heat which if produced at sufficient rates will increase tissue temperature to a point where tissue damage may result Major factors contributing to thermal bioeffect can be categorized as tissue characteristics or control parameters Physical tissue characteristics like acoustic impedance attenuation absorption and perfusion determine the rates of heat production and heat transfer The susceptibility of some tissues to injury from heat such as developing fetal tissue further complicate the concern for long term effects The time average density of available ultrasound energy is mainly determined by acoustic parameters like output frequency pulse amplitude pulse duration duty cycle beam shape and beam motion These parameters are controlled by the operator through equipment selections such as probe type operating mode focal depth sample volume location and output control settings The operator also has significant influence by controlling probe motion and dwell time These Control Parameters form the means through which the operator can minimize thermal bioeffect LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Mechanical Bioeffect In a similar manne
296. ulations and summary reports 4 NOTE Patient age entry information years months weeks days is selected in the Patient Entry Setup menu under Unit Age Patient height is Unit Height and Patient weight is Unit Weight Choose the unit values that are to appear on the patient entry menu 4 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam OB GYN Exam Category BBT is a pregnancy origin data selection choice that appears in the Tokyo University Osaka University and European OB formats only LMP EDD and GA are the only choices in the USA version ID Name ID Name Use the ID Name key to enter or replace patient data without changing the current status of the system One common reason might be to change the exam category Pressing ID Name enables the Patient Entry Menu Use the Trackball or Arrow keys to move around the menu entry lines Return moves the entry cursor to the next line No other function can be started until ID Name is completed To complete the ID Name process press ID Name a second time or move the highlighted cursor to Exit and press Set or Return 6 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Beginning an Exam Helpful hints Hints If power is lost during the ID Name function data will not be saved The following rules apply when filling in the New Patient menu e Press Caps Lock to type uppercase letters Press Caps Lock again to
297. ultrasound beam on or near fetal bone further increases the risk Other than fetal tissue there is increased susceptibility for heating in any tissue that cannot easily conduct or distribute heat due to low blood perfusion As the examination progresses the operator must be aware of changing tissue conditions LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Operator intervention When conditions indicate a potential for harmful bioeffect the operator should take action promptly to reduce the risk by changing equipment settings or altering procedural techniques Optimize gain and other image enhancement features before increasing the acoustic output control or other equipment controls that significantly affect the output level Become thoroughly familiar with all controls that affect output and observe the output display for results Controls affecting output are described throughout the user manual Develop and practice skills to localize anatomy and optimize image quality rapidly then freeze the image as soon as the necessary diagnostic information is obtained It takes time for tissue temperatures to increase so reducing exposure time can significantly reduce the potential for injury Avoid susceptible tissues if possible by changing probe position entrance angles or probe type Higher frequency probes will not penetrate as deep while linear probes have lower near field energy density Avoid foc
298. urn is used to move to the next line of annotation Tab is used to move forward or backwards through the text one word at a time or eight characters at a time depending on the keyboard tab preset Shift Green is used to activate the special characters highlighted in green on the keys located on the right side of the keyboard See 6 13 for details Shift Blue is used to activate the special characters highlighted in blue on the keys in the middle of the keyboard See 6 13 for details Caps Lock locks all alpha characters in the upper case mode The keyboard has several function keys available along with alphanumeric functions LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Special Key Function Report Page 8 Archive Menu o Setup Menu Dyn Range VIC A 32 The keyboard has several function keys along with the alphanumeric functions The Report Page key is used to display the report format of each exam category The Archive Menu key is used to display the Archive Menu The Setup Menu key is used to display the Setup Menu Dyn Range keys are used to control Dynamic Range The Map keys are used to change Gray Scale Map The Frame Avg key is used to enhance the frame averaging function LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Operator Controls Special Key Function cont d Edge Enhc The Edge Enhc key is used to enhance the edg
299. ursor to the other end of the long axis of the area being measured Press Set The start point cursor changes to a x cursor and is fixed An end point gt cursor appears Use the Trackball to trace the area Press Set The trace start point and end point are connected to each other and the first calculation of the Trace area is complete At the same time a cursor appears Press Freeze to stop image acquisition Move the mechanical stepper to the next increment Repeat the Trace measurement steps for each necessary slice LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Stepper Volume Calculation Trace method cont d Measurement Press Measurement to start the next step measurement Move the mechanical stepper to the next increment Repeat the Circle measurement steps for each necessary slice pal If the image or area measurement for the current slice are unacceptable press Clear Press Return to finish the measurement After more than one slice has been measured the current and previous slice areas volumes and accumulative volumes are calculated and displayed Return NOTE Use the Measurement key to toggle activation of the measurement cursors Use the Ellipse arrow keys to adjust the size if necessary AHO1 cm2 STVOL ml xA 02 cm Figure 11 4 Area Measurement Trace Method LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2 1 2234813 100 Rev 1 Recording Ima
300. using on bone or poorly perfused tissue Do not allow the acoustic beam to penetrate or focus on or near the eye Although choices like probe selection mode of operation and other control adjustments have a significant affect on output levels the ability to change these selections is often restricted by the type of examination or clinical objectives Therefore some examinations may require relatively high output levels to achieve success LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Operator intervention continued CAUTION A The decision to raise acoustic output to potentially harmful levels must include an assessment of the risk benefit potential Such decisions are routine with imaging modalities incorporating ionizing radiation such as Nuclear Medicine X ray and CT The principle of ALARA is widely used in these modalities for minimizing the exposure risk and is now a recommended practice with high level diagnostic ultrasound During each ultrasound examination the clinical user is expected to weigh the medical benefit of the diagnostic information obtained against the risk of harmful effects Once an optimal image is achieved the need for increasing acoustic output or prolonging the exposure can not be justified It is important therefore for the user to be familiar with system controls that affect image quality as well as acoustic output Complete descriptions of image optimization and acoustic
301. v Enh Cine FOV DYN Gain Body Pattern CPL or WP Description Format Values Shows the B Mode Gray Scale Map Map or ATO Shows the B Mode Gray Scale assignment Shows the Frequency of current active probe Shows the frame average FA H HIGH M MID L LOW Shows the Edge Enhancement EE H HIGH M MID L LOW In Cine Mode it shows the display playback frame number CN Frozen Shows the display depth in cm cm Dual Mode icm Dynamic Range shows the range over which echo intensities are converted to gray scale Displayed in dB DR Dual Mode DR Displays the overall B Mode or M Mode Receive Gain Gi Dual Mode THEGOHH Shows the body pattern selected for scan orientation Shows the standoff status CPL Couplant WP Water Path Table 5 2 B Mode Display Explanation LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 B Mode B Mode Display cont d Scale Marker Scale markers are presented along the right side of the display T as large marks every 5cm and small marks every 1cm a cm 6 cm The TGC curve displays the relative position of the TGC slide pots compared to their depth 10 0 The number displayed next to the probe orientation symbol is the zoom or scroll depth starting point for the image displayed Ez NOTE To disable the TGC curve display go to the Image Display Setup Select TGC curve display off LOGIQ 200 PRO Series
302. ve Measurement Cursor Choose the type of Cursor to be used 1 X mark X mark cursor 2 Plus mark Plus mark cursor 1 8 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Probe Parameter 1 Setup page 3 of 11 SETUP MENU CATEGORY COMMAND EXIT Enter Depth Scroll Depth Image Rotation Image Reverse Image Softener Multi Frequency Frame Average Focus Combination Single Focus Posi Dual Focus Posi Triple Focus Posi Quad Focus Posi Focus Retention o Probe Parameter 1 OBSTETRICS 01 13 99 11 13 23 sI PROBE CBF DELETE STP 1 2 cm STP 0 5 cm 1 0 N 2 90 W 3 180 S 4 270 E 1 Yes 2 No 1 0ff 2 L 3 M 4 5 1 Res 2 Norm 3 Penet 4 High 1 0ff 2 Low 3 Mid 4 High 1 Single 2 Dual 3 Triple 4 Quad 1 8 1 7 1 5 1 3 1 Yes 2 No Acoustic Power Scan Area Size Image Frame Rate Image Gamma Needle guide Type Standoff Setting o 0 100 STP 10 1 100 2 88 3 75 4 69 5 63 6 50 1 Normal 2 High 50 200 STP 5 1 SGL 2 MBX 1 0ff 2 WP 3 CPL HEHE HPONNENEWWENE HO o Figure 13 9 Probe Parameter 1 Setup Menu Enter Depth EC UP P R Set the desired default display depth for the probe indicated Choose from 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24cm in 1 or 2 cm increments Scroll Depth EC UP P R Choose the desired default scroll depth Minimum value is 0 0 Maximum value is the maximum probe depth minus t
303. volume chosen is multiplied by the value 0 15 default used as the threshold level It is based on standard production of PSA per gram of volume of prostatic tissue The PPSA can be set in the Measurement Setup 0 01 0 99 Example volume of 17 6 X 0 15 2 a 2 1 PPSA Predicted PSA Volume grams x 0 15ng ml g The PSA is divided by the volume chosen Example 150ng ml 17 6 a 8 52 PSAD PSA Density PSA ng ml Volume grams LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Page Edit Fields cont d PPSA Calculation DRE XXX VOLUME 1 3 LESION SITE BIOPSY COMMENTS Urology Calculations Digital Rectral Exam results 50 characters Optional User Specific field 4 character name 50 characters Comment line to the right of each measurement can be used to describe the volume measurement 36 characters maximum in each line Description of each four lesion sites 4 fields 20 characters each Indicate whether the lesion site was biopsied Enter Y for yes and N for no General comments and findings 120 characters in 2 lines The PPSA is a number in units of ng ml grams which gives the normal level of PSA that would be expected for a prostate of a given volume LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 2234813 100 Rev 1 Urology Calculations Urology Page Non edit Fields The following independent data fields are not affected by the report page edit function
304. w 16 milliseconds per pixel 2 Mid 8 milliseconds per pixel 3 High 4 milliseconds per pixel LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 23 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Image Display amp Application Setup page 5 of 11 SETUP MENU Image Display amp Application 03 12 99 08 26 12 CATEGORY OBSTETRICS PRESET 51 COMMAND i EXIT SAVE DELETE B Display Format 1 Single 2 Dual M Display Format FullB P i Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Dep Wid 2 Dep 3 Comb 1 Tim Dep 2 Tim M Display Format LargeB M Display Format SmallB M Display Format FullM B Scale Mark M Scale Mark B Focus Dual Mark Cine Gauge at Freeze Cine Frame Skip TGC Curve Display Biopsy Guide MTZ Biopsy Guide 10L Tkbl Func at Frz ECG On ECG Filter ECG Gain ECG Position B Cine Gauge with ECG L R Keeping Freeze Zoom Reference 1 Yes 2 No ATO method 1 Auto 2 Manual Probe Selection none 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 Yes 2 No 1 0 f 2 0 deg 3 5 deg 1 0ff 2 33deg 3 45deg 4 UP2 1 No 2 Meas 3 Body 4 Comment 1 YES 2 No 1 50Hz 2 60Hz 10 410 STP 2 750 450 STP 5 ECG Posi Delta 99 499 STP 1 1 Yes 2 No PRRHOOONNPRUNNNNNRNERNE Figure 13 11 Image Display amp Application Setup Menu B Display Format EC UP R Choose the default display format for the B Mode display 1 Single 2 Dual M Display Format Full B EC UP Choose to enable the display
305. which through inappropriate conditions or actions will cause e Severe or fatal personal injury e Substantial property damage WARNING Indicates that a specific hazard is known to exist which through inappropriate conditions or actions may cause e Severe personal injury e Substantial property damage CAUTION Indicates that a potential hazard may exist which through inappropriate conditions or actions will or can cause e Minor injury e Property damage 2 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Hazard Symbols Icon Description Safety Precautions Potential hazards are indicated by the following icons Biological Hazard SE Electrical A A Hazard 5 Moving Hazard Acoustic Output Hazard 9 xplosion e Hazard eSmoke amp Fire Hazard Non baa lonizing Radiation Patient user infection due to contaminated equipment Electrical micro shock to patient e g ventricular fibrillation initiated Electrical macro shock to patient user Console accessories or optional storage devices fall on patient user or others Collision with persons or objects results in injury while maneuvering or during system transport Injury to user from moving the console Patient injury or tissue damage from ultrasound radiation Risk of explosion if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics Patient user injury or adverse reaction from fire or smoke
306. x C CAE 14 19 Calculation Accuracy 15 6 Calculation Formulas Biplane Ellipsoid Method 10 17 Bullet Method 10 13 General 8 19 Gibson Method 10 11 GYN 9 63 Left Ventricular 10 9 Modified Simpson s Rule Method 10 14 OB 9 20 Single Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 16 Teichholz Method 10 10 Calculations Cardiology 10 30 Erasing 7 3 General Instructions 7 2 Urology 11 2 Cardiac Calculation Formulas Aortic Valve 10 25 Left Right Ventricle 10 19 10 20 10 24 Mitral Valve 10 22 10 23 Pulmonic Valve 10 26 10 27 Tricuspid Valve 10 28 10 29 Cardiology Bi Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 15 BSA Calculation Methods 10 7 Bullet Method 10 12 Calculations 10 30 Cubed Method 10 8 ECG 10 31 Gibson Method 10 8 LV Analysis Measurement 10 8 M Mode Analysis 10 18 Modified Simpson s Rule Method 10 12 Overview 10 2 10 3 10 4 Procedures 10 1 Single Plane Ellipsoid Method 10 15 Teichholz Method 10 8 Care and Maintenance Cleaning the system Cabinet 15 13 Foot Switch 15 14 Monitor 15 13 Multi Image Camera 15 15 Operator control panel 15 14 Page Printer 15 15 VCR 15 14 Cartilaginous Convexity 8 20 Caution 2 2 15 23 CBF 14 19 Cine LOGIQ 200PRO Series Basic User Manual 2234813 100 RevoO Accessing 6 8 Cine Gauge 6 8 Exiting 6 8 Functionality 6 7 Introduction 6 7 Memory 6 7 Cine Scroll 3 30 Class Equipment 2 10 Cleaning Foot Switch 15 14 Monitor
307. y Uni Catalog Number mmn CES EEN Table 15 17 Patient Electrodes Optical Disks Replacement Magneto Optical Each E8381AA Disks 128Mb Table 15 18 Optical Disk 28 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Bioeffects Bioeffects Concerns Surrounding the Use of Diagnostic Ultrasound During a diagnostic ultrasound examination high frequency sound penetrates and interacts with tissue in and around the area of anatomy to be imaged Only a small portion of this sound energy is reflected back to the probe for use in constructing the image while the remainder is dissipated within the tissue The interaction of sound energy with tissue at sufficiently high levels can produce biological effects aka bioeffects of either a mechanical or thermal nature Although the generation of bioeffect is intentional with therapeutic ultrasound it is generally undesired in diagnostic applications and may be harmful in some conditions IEJ NOTE The American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine has published a document entitled Medical Ultrasound Safety This three part document covers Bioeffects and Biophysics Prudent Use and Implementing ALARA Ultrasound users should order this document from the AIUM to become more familiar with Ultrasound safety In the USA contact the AIUM by telephone at 1 800 638 5352 To write them concerning their publications use the following address AIUM 14750 Sweitzer Lane S
308. y be achieved when this equipment is connected to a receptacle marked Hospital Only or Hospital Grade TOMS ERITREA H 2 RL ceo PRB ORO RS NE 3 A CAUTION United States law restricts this device to sale or use by or on the order of a physician PELIGRO Riesgo de explosi n No emplear en presencia de anest sicos inflamables 229 AO ASU 215 DRIM presenca de anest sicos inflam veis MODEL NUMBER 2270968 Class1 Classe1 MANUFACTURED SUERO ASSIA DEAR LOCATION SAMSUNG GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS KOREA 220 240Vac AMP LONG TERM 2 1A KVA 0 5kVA PHASE 1 DESC LOGIQ 200PRO CISPR 11 EN 55011 CLASS A GROUP 1 CLASSE A GROUPE 1 A Ld _ C 0459 ETL LISTED I e 119195 CERTIFIED TO CAN CSA C22 2 No 601 1 ETL TESTING LABORATORIES INC Figure 2 6 Regulatory Label Location European LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 22 Safety Precautions Regulatory Labels Sweden Greece Turkey Russia Denmark Possible shock hazard Do not remove Covers or Panels Refer servicing to qualified personnel ARO INSI EMINENTE BARE AY IAA voce Schlaggefahr Abdeckungen oder Verkleidungen nicht entfernen Wartungsarbeiten nur durch qualifiziertes Fachpersonal durchf hren lassen Risque de chocs lectriq
309. y be changed according to the anatomical size or to the region of interest Minimum maximum values available depend on the probe Select from 4 to 24 cm in 2 cm increments for the desired depth Turn the rotary encoder to the next depth setting Imaging and display parameters ad just automatically To reduce depth look at a shallower image turn the Depth rotary encoder clockwise To increase depth look at a deeper image turn the Depth rotary encoder counterclock wise Depth adjusts the field of view Increase the field of view to look at larger or deeper structures decrease the field of view to look at structures near the skin line Depth increments vary by probe Values may be preset for each probe Depth dis plays on the monitor in centimeters After adjusting the depth it may be necessary to adjust the TGC focus frame rate and edge enhance Changing depth while scanning clears Cine memory Increasing the depth tends to decrease the MI and TI because the frame rate slows down Make sure enough space is left below the anatomy of interest to demonstrate shadowing or enhancement Widen or narrow the scan width to maximize the image s field of view To access Scan Area Size activate the Probe Parameter 1 Setup in the Setup Menu To widen the Scan Area Size by 100 press the Right Arrow key To narrow the Size by 5595 press Left Arrow key To change the Scan Area Size move the cursor to Scan Ar
310. ystem Measurements and Accuracies LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Accuracy 5 or 1mm 5 or 2mm 5 or 4mm 10 or 1mm 5 or 1mm 10 96 or 2 mm 10 96 or 2 mm 5 or 10 ms E 5 or 1 mm s System Data Limitations or Conditions Linear Probes Convex Probes M Mode Only Note The above measurement accuracies apply to all transducers and to all modes System Data LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Clinical Calculation Accuracy CAUTION A gt The following information describes the method used to implement the stated clinical calculation and provides the user with an indication of error likely to be contributed by the equipment due to the system computer implementation of the stated formula or method These accuracy statements assume that input values are correct Estimate the overall inaccuracy of a combined measurement and calculation by including the stated inaccuracy from the basic measurement accuracy statements Diagnostic errors may result from the inappropriate use of clinical calculations Review the referenced source of the stated formula or method to become familiar with the intended uses and possible limitations of the calculation Calculation formulas and databases are provided as a tool to assist the user but should not be considered an undisputed database in making a clinical diagnosis The user is encouraged to research the literature and judge the equipment c
311. ze function or have the body pattern remain after the image is active 1 Yes Body pattern is erased 2 No Body pattern remains Body Pattern Copy to Active Side EC UP Choose to have the selected body pattern copied to the active side during dual format displays 1 Yes Copy to active side 2 No Do not copy to active side 28 LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Body Pattern Setup page 6 of 11 Body Pattern Probe Mark Active EC UP Choose to enable disable the active position of the probe marker graphic with the body pattern 1 Yes Use the active position 2 No Do not use the active position Body Pattern Structure EC UP Choose the ten customized body patterns to be displayed in each exam category Ten customized body patterns for each exam category are then available Body pattern package customization Type the character above the body pattern to display a box around that pattern as shown in Figure 13 13 ee 8888884 Figure 13 13 Changing Body Patterns LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 29 2234813 100 Rev 1 Menu Structure Body Pattern Setup page 6 of 11 Body pattern package customization cont d Sa Place the cursor on the Body Pattern Structure and Press Set 0 Use the Ellipse up or down arrow keys to cycle through the C Ellipse body pattern choices When the desired body pattern is displayed use the Trackball to position the
312. zoomed LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 3 2234813 100 Rev 1 Zooming an Image Zooming an M Mode Image Zoom e Clear a Press Zoom to display a magnified M Mode image and a M Mode zoom marker in the B Mode image Use the up down movement of the Trackball to move the Zoom Markers vertically along the M Mode cursor Use the side to side movement of the Trackball to move the M cursor and Zoom cursor throughout the image Press Set if the user wants to fix the image Press Clear or Zoom to cancel the zoom function NOTE In full M Mode display the zoom function does not Work LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 2234813 100 Rev 1 Zooming an Image Reference Zoom Reference Zoom is available when the Zoom Reference menu is set to 1 Yes in the Image Display and Application Setup menu Zoom is accomplished while scanning live real time or when the image is frozen mal While scanning press the Zoom key to activate the zoom function The ROI window will appear on the image Use the Trackball to position the ROI window The zoomed image will appear The Reference zoom is displayed on the lower left or side of the screen Press Clear or Zoom to cancel the zoom function FS Zoom is automatically switched to the reference zoom if depth display is less than 8 cm Region Of Interest Window Figure 6 1 Reference Zoom display LOGIQ 200 PRO Series Basic Users Manual 5 223481

LOGIQ 200 PRO Basic User Manual 2234813

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents